1.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK 2 3****************** 4Variables Glossary 5****************** 6 7This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build 8system and gives an overview of their function and contents. 9 10:term:`A <ABIEXTENSION>` :term:`B` :term:`C <CACHE>` 11:term:`D` :term:`E <EFI_PROVIDER>` :term:`F <FEATURE_PACKAGES>` 12:term:`G <GCCPIE>` :term:`H <HOMEPAGE>` :term:`I <ICECC_DISABLED>` 13:term:`K <KARCH>` :term:`L <LABELS>` :term:`M <MACHINE>` 14:term:`N <NATIVELSBSTRING>` :term:`O <OBJCOPY>` :term:`P` 15:term:`R <RANLIB>` :term:`S` :term:`T` 16:term:`U <UBOOT_CONFIG>` :term:`V <VOLATILE_LOG_DIR>` 17:term:`W <WARN_QA>` :term:`X <XSERVER>` 18 19.. glossary:: 20 21 :term:`ABIEXTENSION` 22 Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) field of the GNU 23 canonical architecture name (e.g. "eabi"). 24 25 ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the 26 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the 27 following extension:: 28 29 ABIEXTENSION = "eabi" 30 31 :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` 32 Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is empty. 33 By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages. This default 34 behavior can cause issues when there is an 35 :term:`RDEPENDS` or some other hard runtime 36 requirement on the existence of the package. 37 38 Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in 39 conjunction with a package name override, as in:: 40 41 ALLOW_EMPTY:${PN} = "1" 42 ALLOW_EMPTY:${PN}-dev = "1" 43 ALLOW_EMPTY:${PN}-staticdev = "1" 44 45 :term:`ALTERNATIVE` 46 Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming 47 scheme. Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages. 48 When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to use the 49 alternatives system to create a different binary naming scheme so the 50 commands can co-exist. 51 52 To use the variable, list out the package's commands that are also 53 provided by another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package 54 has four such commands, you identify them as follows:: 55 56 ALTERNATIVE:busybox = "sh sed test bracket" 57 58 For more information on the alternatives system, see the 59 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`" 60 section. 61 62 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` 63 Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands to actual 64 locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the 65 ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must 66 use the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable to specify the actual 67 location:: 68 69 ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/[" 70 71 In this example, the binary for the ``bracket`` command (i.e. ``[``) 72 from the ``busybox`` package resides in ``/usr/bin/``. 73 74 .. note:: 75 76 If :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` is not defined, it defaults to ``${bindir}/name``. 77 78 For more information on the alternatives system, see the 79 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`" 80 section. 81 82 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY` 83 Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for 84 duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single 85 default regardless of the command name or package, a default for 86 specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default 87 for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the 88 available syntax forms:: 89 90 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority" 91 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority" 92 ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_pkg[name] = "priority" 93 94 For more information on the alternatives system, see the 95 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`" 96 section. 97 98 :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` 99 Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for 100 duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single 101 default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the 102 command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands 103 regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to 104 particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms:: 105 106 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target" 107 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target" 108 ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_pkg[name] = "target" 109 110 .. note:: 111 112 If :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` is not defined, it inherits the value 113 from the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable. 114 115 If :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` and :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` are the 116 same, the target for :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` has "``.{BPN}``" 117 appended to it. 118 119 Finally, if the file referenced has not been renamed, the 120 alternatives system will rename it to avoid the need to rename 121 alternative files in the :ref:`ref-tasks-install` 122 task while retaining support for the command if necessary. 123 124 For more information on the alternatives system, see the 125 ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`" 126 section. 127 128 :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES` 129 When inheriting the 130 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>` 131 class, this variable identifies a list of distribution features where 132 at least one must be enabled in the current configuration in order 133 for the OpenEmbedded build system to build the recipe. In other words, 134 if none of the features listed in :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES` 135 appear in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` within the current configuration, then 136 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build 137 the recipe then an error will be triggered. 138 139 140 :term:`APPEND` 141 An override list of append strings for each target specified with 142 :term:`LABELS`. 143 144 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more 145 information on how this variable is used. 146 147 :term:`AR` 148 The minimal command and arguments used to run ``ar``. 149 150 :term:`ARCHIVER_MODE` 151 When used with the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class, 152 determines the type of information used to create a released archive. 153 You can use this variable to create archives of patched source, 154 original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the 155 following variable flags (varflags):: 156 157 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source files. 158 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is the default. 159 ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "configured" # Uses configured source files. 160 ARCHIVER_MODE[diff] = "1" # Uses patches between do_unpack and do_patch. 161 ARCHIVER_MODE[diff-exclude] ?= "file file ..." # Lists files and directories to exclude from diff. 162 ARCHIVER_MODE[dumpdata] = "1" # Uses environment data. 163 ARCHIVER_MODE[recipe] = "1" # Uses recipe and include files. 164 ARCHIVER_MODE[srpm] = "1" # Uses RPM package files. 165 166 For information on how the variable works, see the 167 ``meta/classes/archiver.bbclass`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`. 168 169 :term:`AS` 170 Minimal command and arguments needed to run the assembler. 171 172 :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED` 173 Lists recipe names (:term:`PN` values) BitBake does not 174 attempt to build. Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already 175 been built. 176 177 In OpenEmbedded-Core, :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED` mostly specifies native 178 tools that should not be built. An example is ``git-native``, which 179 when specified, allows for the Git binary from the host to be used 180 rather than building ``git-native``. 181 182 :term:`ASSUME_SHLIBS` 183 Provides additional ``shlibs`` provider mapping information, which 184 adds to or overwrites the information provided automatically by the 185 system. Separate multiple entries using spaces. 186 187 As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of 188 shlibname in packagename with the optional version:: 189 190 shlibname:packagename[_version] 191 192 Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1`` 193 as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package:: 194 195 ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation" 196 197 :term:`AUTHOR` 198 The email address used to contact the original author or authors in 199 order to send patches and forward bugs. 200 201 :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS` 202 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited, 203 which is the default behavior, :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS` specifies which 204 packages should be checked for libraries and renamed according to 205 Debian library package naming. 206 207 The default value is "${PACKAGES}", which causes the debian class to 208 act on all packages that are explicitly generated by the recipe. 209 210 :term:`AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU` 211 Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux bootloader. You 212 must set this variable in your recipe. The 213 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks this variable. 214 215 :term:`AUTOREV` 216 When :term:`SRCREV` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to 217 use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example:: 218 219 SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}" 220 221 If you use the previous statement to retrieve the latest version of 222 software, you need to be sure :term:`PV` contains 223 ``${``\ :term:`SRCPV`\ ``}``. For example, suppose you 224 have a kernel recipe that inherits the 225 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class and you use the previous 226 statement. In this example, ``${SRCPV}`` does not automatically get 227 into :term:`PV`. Consequently, you need to change :term:`PV` in your recipe 228 so that it does contain ``${SRCPV}``. 229 230 For more information see the 231 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`" 232 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 233 234 :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` 235 List of licenses found in the directories specified by 236 :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and 237 :term:`LICENSE_PATH`. 238 239 .. note:: 240 241 It is assumed that all changes to :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and 242 :term:`LICENSE_PATH` have been done before :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` 243 is defined (in :ref:`ref-classes-license`). 244 245 :term:`AVAILTUNES` 246 The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) 247 tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the OpenEmbedded build 248 system. 249 250 The list simply presents the tunes that are available. Not all tunes 251 may be compatible with a particular machine configuration, or with 252 each other in a 253 :ref:`Multilib <dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image>` 254 configuration. 255 256 To add a tune to the list, be sure to append it with spaces using the 257 "+=" BitBake operator. Do not simply replace the list by using the 258 "=" operator. See the 259 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:basic syntax`" section in the BitBake 260 User Manual for more information. 261 262 :term:`AZ_SAS` 263 Azure Storage Shared Access Signature, when using the 264 :ref:`Azure Storage fetcher (az://) <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:fetchers>` 265 This variable can be defined to be used by the fetcher to authenticate 266 and gain access to non-public artifacts. 267 :: 268 269 AZ_SAS = ""se=2021-01-01&sp=r&sv=2018-11-09&sr=c&skoid=<skoid>&sig=<signature>"" 270 271 For more information see Microsoft's Azure Storage documentation at 272 https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-sas-overview 273 274 :term:`B` 275 The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in 276 which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a 277 recipe's build process. By default, this directory is the same as the 278 :term:`S` directory, which is defined as:: 279 280 S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}" 281 282 You can separate the (:term:`S`) directory and the directory pointed to 283 by the :term:`B` variable. Most Autotools-based recipes support 284 separating these directories. The build system defaults to using 285 separate directories for ``gcc`` and some kernel recipes. 286 287 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` 288 Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install. Recommended-only 289 packages are packages installed only through the 290 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any 291 of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them 292 with the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variable:: 293 294 BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..." 295 296 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you 297 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name 298 override:: 299 300 BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS:pn-target_image = "package_name" 301 302 It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages 303 using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them 304 (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS` 305 variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and 306 will install the packages to avoid dependency errors. 307 308 This variable is supported only when using the IPK and RPM 309 packaging backends. DEB is not supported. 310 311 See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the 312 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for related 313 information. 314 315 :term:`BASE_LIB` 316 The library directory name for the CPU or Application Binary 317 Interface (ABI) tune. The :term:`BASE_LIB` applies only in the Multilib 318 context. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image`" 319 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information 320 on Multilib. 321 322 The :term:`BASE_LIB` variable is defined in the machine include files in 323 the :term:`Source Directory`. If Multilib is not 324 being used, the value defaults to "lib". 325 326 :term:`BASE_WORKDIR` 327 Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes. The default 328 value is "${TMPDIR}/work". 329 330 :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS` 331 Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed 332 to use to obtain the required source code. Following are 333 considerations surrounding this variable: 334 335 - This host list is only used if :term:`BB_NO_NETWORK` is either not set 336 or set to "0". 337 338 - There is limited support for wildcard matching against the beginning of 339 host names. For example, the following setting matches 340 ``git.gnu.org``, ``ftp.gnu.org``, and ``foo.git.gnu.org``. 341 :: 342 343 BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org" 344 345 .. note:: 346 347 The use of the "``*``" character only works at the beginning of 348 a host name and it must be isolated from the remainder of the 349 host name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other 350 location of the name or combined with the front part of the 351 name. 352 353 For example, ``*.foo.bar`` is supported, while ``*aa.foo.bar`` 354 is not. 355 356 - Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and logged in debug. 357 358 - Attempts to access networks not in the host list cause a failure. 359 360 Using :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS` in conjunction with 361 :term:`PREMIRRORS` is very useful. Adding the host 362 you want to use to :term:`PREMIRRORS` results in the source code being 363 fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising an error when a 364 host that is not allowed is in a :term:`SRC_URI` 365 statement. This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the 366 host listed in :term:`SRC_URI` after a successful fetch from the 367 :term:`PREMIRRORS` occurs. 368 369 :term:`BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY` 370 Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file 371 (``.bbappend``) has no corresponding recipe file (``.bb``). This 372 condition often occurs when layers get out of sync (e.g. ``oe-core`` 373 bumps a recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the 374 other layer has not been updated to the new version of the recipe 375 yet). 376 377 The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction 378 given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your 379 changes are no longer being applied. 380 381 You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1", 382 "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the 383 :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example:: 384 385 BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1" 386 387 :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` 388 Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows 389 you to control the build based on these parameters. 390 391 Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. To enable monitoring, 392 add the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` variable to your ``conf/local.conf`` file 393 found in the :term:`Build Directory`. Use the 394 following form: 395 396 .. code-block:: none 397 398 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "action,dir,threshold [...]" 399 400 where: 401 402 action is: 403 ABORT: Immediately abort the build when 404 a threshold is broken. 405 STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently 406 executing tasks have finished when 407 a threshold is broken. 408 WARN: Issue a warning but continue the 409 build when a threshold is broken. 410 Subsequent warnings are issued as 411 defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL 412 variable, which must be defined in 413 the conf/local.conf file. 414 415 dir is: 416 Any directory you choose. You can specify one or 417 more directories to monitor by separating the 418 groupings with a space. If two directories are 419 on the same device, only the first directory 420 is monitored. 421 422 threshold is: 423 Either the minimum available disk space, 424 the minimum number of free inodes, or 425 both. You must specify at least one. To 426 omit one or the other, simply omit the value. 427 Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes, 428 Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do 429 not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by 430 default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB. 431 432 Here are some examples:: 433 434 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" 435 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G" 436 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K" 437 438 The first example works only if you also provide the 439 :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` 440 variable in the ``conf/local.conf``. This example causes the build 441 system to immediately abort when either the disk space in 442 ``${TMPDIR}`` drops below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops 443 below 100 Kbytes. Because two directories are provided with the 444 variable, the build system also issue a warning when the disk space 445 in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` directory drops below 1 Gbyte or the number 446 of free inodes drops below 100 Kbytes. Subsequent warnings are issued 447 during intervals as defined by the :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` 448 variable. 449 450 The second example stops the build after all currently executing 451 tasks complete when the minimum disk space in the ``${TMPDIR}`` 452 directory drops below 1 Gbyte. No disk monitoring occurs for the free 453 inodes in this case. 454 455 The final example immediately aborts the build when the number of 456 free inodes in the ``${TMPDIR}`` directory drops below 100 Kbytes. No 457 disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs in this case. 458 459 :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` 460 Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. To set these 461 intervals, define the variable in your ``conf/local.conf`` file in 462 the :term:`Build Directory`. 463 464 If you are going to use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` variable, you 465 must also use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` 466 variable and define its action as "WARN". During the build, 467 subsequent warnings are issued each time disk space or number of free 468 inodes further reduces by the respective interval. 469 470 If you do not provide a :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` variable and you 471 do use :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` with the "WARN" action, the disk 472 monitoring interval defaults to the following:: 473 474 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" 475 476 When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the 477 following form: 478 479 .. code-block:: none 480 481 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "disk_space_interval,disk_inode_interval" 482 483 where: 484 485 disk_space_interval is: 486 An interval of memory expressed in either 487 G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, 488 respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. 489 490 disk_inode_interval is: 491 An interval of free inodes expressed in either 492 G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes, 493 respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB. 494 495 Here is an example:: 496 497 BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K" 498 BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K" 499 500 These variables cause the 501 OpenEmbedded build system to issue subsequent warnings each time the 502 available disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number of 503 free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` 504 directory. Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time 505 a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning (i.e. 1 506 Gbytes and 100 Kbytes). 507 508 :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS` 509 Causes tarballs of the source control repositories (e.g. Git 510 repositories), including metadata, to be placed in the 511 :term:`DL_DIR` directory. 512 513 For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of these 514 repositories is not the default action by the OpenEmbedded build 515 system. 516 :: 517 518 BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1" 519 520 Set this variable in your 521 ``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`. 522 523 Once you have the tarballs containing your source files, you can 524 clean up your :term:`DL_DIR` directory by deleting any Git or other 525 source control work directories. 526 527 :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` 528 The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one 529 time. The OpenEmbedded build system automatically configures this 530 variable to be equal to the number of cores on the build system. For 531 example, a system with a dual core processor that also uses 532 hyper-threading causes the :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` variable to default 533 to "4". 534 535 For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to 536 override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds. 537 However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical 538 CPUs, you might want to make sure the :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` variable 539 is not set higher than "20". 540 541 For more information on speeding up builds, see the 542 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`" 543 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 544 545 :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` 546 Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the BitBake 547 server due to inactivity. Set :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` to determine how 548 long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations. 549 550 For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file 551 instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity:: 552 553 BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20" 554 555 If you want the server to never be unloaded, 556 set :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` to "-1". 557 558 :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` 559 Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the 560 software. There are common variants for recipes as "natives" like 561 ``quilt-native``, which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build 562 system; "crosses" such as ``gcc-cross``, which is a compiler built to 563 run on the build machine but produces binaries that run on the target 564 :term:`MACHINE`; "nativesdk", which targets the SDK 565 machine instead of :term:`MACHINE`; and "mulitlibs" in the form 566 "``multilib:``\ multilib_name". 567 568 To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of 569 code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe:: 570 571 BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk" 572 BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name" 573 574 .. note:: 575 576 Internally, the :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` mechanism generates recipe 577 variants by rewriting variable values and applying overrides such 578 as ``:class-native``. For example, to generate a native version of 579 a recipe, a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo" is rewritten 580 to a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo-native". 581 582 Even when using :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND`, the recipe is only parsed once. 583 Parsing once adds some limitations. For example, it is not 584 possible to include a different file depending on the variant, 585 since ``include`` statements are processed when the recipe is 586 parsed. 587 588 :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS` 589 Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find 590 the other ``BBFILE_*`` variables. Typically, each layer will append 591 its name to this variable in its ``conf/layer.conf`` file. 592 593 :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN` 594 Variable that expands to match files from 595 :term:`BBFILES` in a particular layer. This variable 596 is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the 597 name of the specific layer (e.g. ``BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow``). 598 599 :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` 600 Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer. 601 602 This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears 603 in more than one layer. Setting this variable allows you to 604 prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe 605 - effectively letting you control the precedence for the multiple 606 layers. The precedence established through this variable stands 607 regardless of a recipe's version (:term:`PV` variable). For 608 example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher :term:`PV` value but for 609 which the :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` is set to have a lower precedence still 610 has a lower precedence. 611 612 A larger value for the :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` variable results in a 613 higher precedence. For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence 614 than the value 5. If not specified, the :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` variable 615 is set based on layer dependencies (see the :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` variable 616 for more information. The default priority, if unspecified for a 617 layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 (or 1 618 if no priorities are defined). 619 620 .. tip:: 621 622 You can use the command ``bitbake-layers show-layers`` 623 to list all configured layers along with their priorities. 624 625 :term:`BBFILES` 626 A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build 627 software. 628 629 When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using Python's 630 `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ syntax. 631 For details on the syntax, see the documentation by following the 632 previous link. 633 634 :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC` 635 Activates content when identified layers are present. You identify 636 the layers by the collections that the layers define. 637 638 Use the :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC` variable to avoid ``.bbappend`` files 639 whose corresponding ``.bb`` file is in a layer that attempts to 640 modify other layers through ``.bbappend`` but does not want to 641 introduce a hard dependency on those other layers. 642 643 Use the following form for :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC`: 644 collection_name:filename_pattern The following example identifies two 645 collection names and two filename patterns:: 646 647 BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \ 648 clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \ 649 core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \ 650 " 651 652 This next example shows an error message that occurs because invalid 653 entries are found, which cause parsing to abort: 654 655 .. code-block:: none 656 657 ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form <collection name>:<filename pattern>, not: 658 /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend 659 /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend 660 661 :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` 662 Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure. 663 664 :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES` 665 If :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` is set, specifies the 666 maximum number of lines from the task log file to print when 667 reporting a failed task. If you do not set :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES`, 668 the entire log is printed. 669 670 :term:`BBLAYERS` 671 Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined 672 in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`. 673 Here is an example:: 674 675 BBLAYERS = " \ 676 /home/scottrif/poky/meta \ 677 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky \ 678 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \ 679 /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \ 680 " 681 682 This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom, 683 user-defined layer named ``meta-mykernel``. 684 685 :term:`BBMASK` 686 Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe append files. 687 688 You can use the :term:`BBMASK` variable to "hide" these ``.bb`` and 689 ``.bbappend`` files. BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append 690 files that match any of the expressions. It is as if BitBake does not 691 see them at all. Consequently, matching files are not parsed or 692 otherwise used by BitBake. 693 694 The values you provide are passed to Python's regular expression 695 compiler. Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular 696 Expression (re) syntax. The expressions are compared against the full 697 paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's 698 documentation at https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#regular-expression-syntax. 699 700 The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell 701 BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the 702 ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory:: 703 704 BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/" 705 706 If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, you can 707 specify multiple regular expression fragments. This next example 708 masks out multiple directories and individual recipes:: 709 710 BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/" 711 BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/" 712 BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap" 713 BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend" 714 BBMASK += "lzma" 715 716 .. note:: 717 718 When specifying a directory name, use the trailing slash character 719 to ensure you match just that directory name. 720 721 :term:`BBMULTICONFIG` 722 Specifies each additional separate configuration when you are 723 building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in 724 your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a 725 multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For 726 example, the following line specifies three configuration files:: 727 728 BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC" 729 730 Each configuration file you 731 use must reside in the :term:`Build Directory` 732 ``conf/multiconfig`` directory (e.g. 733 ``build_directory/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf``). 734 735 For information on how to use :term:`BBMULTICONFIG` in an environment 736 that supports building targets with multiple configurations, see the 737 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building images for multiple targets using multiple configurations`" 738 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 739 740 :term:`BBPATH` 741 Used by BitBake to locate ``.bbclass`` and configuration files. This 742 variable is analogous to the ``PATH`` variable. 743 744 .. note:: 745 746 If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the 747 :term:`Build Directory`, you must be sure to set :term:`BBPATH` 748 to point to the Build Directory. Set the variable as you would any 749 environment variable and then run BitBake:: 750 751 $ BBPATH = "build_directory" 752 $ export BBPATH 753 $ bitbake target 754 755 756 :term:`BBSERVER` 757 If defined in the BitBake environment, :term:`BBSERVER` points to the 758 BitBake remote server. 759 760 Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake 761 environment:: 762 763 export BBSERVER=localhost:$port 764 765 By default, :term:`BBSERVER` also appears in :term:`BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST`. 766 Consequently, :term:`BBSERVER` is excluded from checksum and dependency 767 data. 768 769 :term:`BINCONFIG` 770 When inheriting the 771 :ref:`binconfig-disabled <ref-classes-binconfig-disabled>` class, 772 this variable specifies binary configuration scripts to disable in 773 favor of using ``pkg-config`` to query the information. The 774 ``binconfig-disabled`` class will modify the specified scripts to 775 return an error so that calls to them can be easily found and 776 replaced. 777 778 To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example 779 from the ``libpng`` recipe:: 780 781 BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config" 782 783 :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB` 784 When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class, 785 this variable specifies a wildcard for configuration scripts that 786 need editing. The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have 787 been set up during compilation so that they are correct for use when 788 installed into the sysroot and called by the build processes of other 789 recipes. 790 791 .. note:: 792 793 The :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB` variable uses 794 `shell globbing <https://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/globbingref.html>`__, 795 which is recognition and expansion of wildcards during pattern 796 matching. Shell globbing is very similar to 797 `fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__ 798 and `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__. 799 800 For more information on how this variable works, see 801 ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. 802 You can also find general 803 information on the class in the 804 ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section. 805 806 :term:`BP` 807 The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name 808 suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). :term:`BP` is 809 comprised of the following:: 810 811 ${BPN}-${PV} 812 813 :term:`BPN` 814 This variable is a version of the :term:`PN` variable with 815 common prefixes and suffixes removed, such as ``nativesdk-``, 816 ``-cross``, ``-native``, and multilib's ``lib64-`` and ``lib32-``. 817 The exact lists of prefixes and suffixes removed are specified by the 818 :term:`MLPREFIX` and 819 :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` variables, 820 respectively. 821 822 :term:`BUGTRACKER` 823 Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe. 824 The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. Rather, the 825 variable is a useful pointer in case a bug in the software being 826 built needs to be manually reported. 827 828 :term:`BUILD_ARCH` 829 Specifies the architecture of the build host (e.g. ``i686``). The 830 OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of :term:`BUILD_ARCH` from the 831 machine name reported by the ``uname`` command. 832 833 :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH` 834 Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for the build 835 host. By default, the value of :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH` is empty. 836 837 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` 838 Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for the build 839 host. By default, the value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` is empty. 840 841 :term:`BUILD_CCLD` 842 Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host when the C 843 compiler is being used as the linker. By default, :term:`BUILD_CCLD` 844 points to GCC and passes as arguments the value of 845 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming 846 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` is set. 847 848 :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` 849 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the 850 build host. When building in the ``-native`` context, 851 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by 852 default. 853 854 :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` 855 Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor (i.e. to both the C 856 and the C++ compilers) when building for the build host. When 857 building in the ``-native`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` 858 is set to the value of this variable by default. 859 860 :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` 861 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the 862 build host. When building in the ``-native`` context, 863 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 864 by default. 865 866 :term:`BUILD_FC` 867 Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host. By 868 default, :term:`BUILD_FC` points to Gfortran and passes as arguments the 869 value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming 870 :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` is set. 871 872 :term:`BUILD_LD` 873 Specifies the linker command for the build host. By default, 874 :term:`BUILD_LD` points to the GNU linker (ld) and passes as arguments 875 the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`, assuming 876 :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` is set. 877 878 :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` 879 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build host. By 880 default, the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` is empty. 881 882 :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` 883 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the build 884 host. When building in the ``-native`` context, 885 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 886 by default. 887 888 :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION` 889 Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when 890 building for the build host or the SDK. The flags are passed through 891 the :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` and 892 :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` default values. 893 894 The default value of the :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION` variable is "-O2 895 -pipe". 896 897 :term:`BUILD_OS` 898 Specifies the operating system in use on the build host (e.g. 899 "linux"). The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of 900 :term:`BUILD_OS` from the OS reported by the ``uname`` command - the 901 first word, converted to lower-case characters. 902 903 :term:`BUILD_PREFIX` 904 The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes. The OpenEmbedded 905 build system uses the :term:`BUILD_PREFIX` value to set the 906 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building for 907 ``native`` recipes. 908 909 :term:`BUILD_STRIP` 910 Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols from 911 binaries produced for the build host. By default, :term:`BUILD_STRIP` 912 points to 913 ``${``\ :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`\ ``}strip``. 914 915 :term:`BUILD_SYS` 916 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating 917 system, to use when building for the build host (i.e. when building 918 ``native`` recipes). 919 920 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based 921 on :term:`BUILD_ARCH`, 922 :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`, and 923 :term:`BUILD_OS`. You do not need to set the 924 :term:`BUILD_SYS` variable yourself. 925 926 :term:`BUILD_VENDOR` 927 Specifies the vendor name to use when building for the build host. 928 The default value is an empty string (""). 929 930 :term:`BUILDDIR` 931 Points to the location of the :term:`Build Directory`. 932 You can define this directory indirectly through the 933 :ref:`structure-core-script` script by passing in a Build 934 Directory path when you run the script. If you run the script and do 935 not provide a Build Directory path, the :term:`BUILDDIR` defaults to 936 ``build`` in the current directory. 937 938 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` 939 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 940 class, this variable specifies whether or not to commit the build 941 history output in a local Git repository. If set to "1", this local 942 repository will be maintained automatically by the ``buildhistory`` 943 class and a commit will be created on every build for changes to each 944 top-level subdirectory of the build history output (images, packages, 945 and sdk). If you want to track changes to build history over time, 946 you should set this value to "1". 947 948 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class does not commit the build 949 history output in a local Git repository:: 950 951 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0" 952 953 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` 954 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 955 class, this variable specifies the author to use for each Git commit. 956 In order for the :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` variable to work, the 957 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` variable must 958 be set to "1". 959 960 Git requires that the value you provide for the 961 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` variable takes the form of "name 962 email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid 963 does not produce an error. 964 965 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows:: 966 967 BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>" 968 969 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_DIR` 970 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 971 class, this variable specifies the directory in which build history 972 information is kept. For more information on how the variable works, 973 see the ``buildhistory.class``. 974 975 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the directory as follows:: 976 977 BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory" 978 979 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES` 980 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 981 class, this variable specifies the build history features to be 982 enabled. For more information on how build history works, see the 983 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`" 984 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 985 986 You can specify these features in the form of a space-separated list: 987 988 - *image:* Analysis of the contents of images, which includes the 989 list of installed packages among other things. 990 991 - *package:* Analysis of the contents of individual packages. 992 993 - *sdk:* Analysis of the contents of the software development kit 994 (SDK). 995 996 - *task:* Save output file signatures for 997 :ref:`shared state <overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache>` 998 (sstate) tasks. 999 This saves one file per task and lists the SHA-256 checksums for 1000 each file staged (i.e. the output of the task). 1001 1002 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class enables the following 1003 features:: 1004 1005 BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk" 1006 1007 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES` 1008 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 1009 class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files copied from 1010 the image contents into the build history directory under an 1011 "image-files" directory in the directory for the image, so that you 1012 can track the contents of each file. The default is to copy 1013 ``/etc/passwd`` and ``/etc/group``, which allows you to monitor for 1014 changes in user and group entries. You can modify the list to include 1015 any file. Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error. 1016 Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present. 1017 1018 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class provides paths to the 1019 following files:: 1020 1021 BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group" 1022 1023 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PATH_PREFIX_STRIP` 1024 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 1025 class, this variable specifies a common path prefix that should be 1026 stripped off the beginning of paths in the task signature list when the 1027 ``task`` feature is active in :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES`. This can be 1028 useful when build history is populated from multiple sources that may not 1029 all use the same top level directory. 1030 1031 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows:: 1032 1033 BUILDHISTORY_PATH_PREFIX_STRIP ?= "" 1034 1035 In this case, no prefixes will be stripped. 1036 1037 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO` 1038 When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` 1039 class, this variable optionally specifies a remote repository to 1040 which build history pushes Git changes. In order for 1041 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO` to work, 1042 :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` must be set to 1043 "1". 1044 1045 The repository should correspond to a remote address that specifies a 1046 repository as understood by Git, or alternatively to a remote name 1047 that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local 1048 repository. 1049 1050 By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows:: 1051 1052 BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= "" 1053 1054 :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` 1055 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the 1056 SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, 1057 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by 1058 default. 1059 1060 :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` 1061 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the 1062 C and the C++ compilers) when building for the SDK. When building in 1063 the ``nativesdk-`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set 1064 to the value of this variable by default. 1065 1066 :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` 1067 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the 1068 SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, 1069 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 1070 by default. 1071 1072 :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` 1073 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the SDK. 1074 When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context, 1075 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 1076 by default. 1077 1078 :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE` 1079 Points to the location of the directory that holds build statistics 1080 when you use and enable the 1081 :ref:`buildstats <ref-classes-buildstats>` class. The 1082 :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE` directory defaults to 1083 ``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/buildstats/``. 1084 1085 :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID` 1086 For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the output 1087 executable file into two parts: one for features that require 1088 ``setuid root``, and one for the remaining features (i.e. those that 1089 do not require ``setuid root``). 1090 1091 The :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID` variable defaults to "1", which results in 1092 splitting the output executable file. Set the variable to "0" to get 1093 a single output executable file. 1094 1095 :term:`CACHE` 1096 Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the 1097 :term:`Metadata` so it does not need to be parsed every time 1098 BitBake is started. 1099 1100 :term:`CC` 1101 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C compiler. 1102 1103 :term:`CFLAGS` 1104 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler. This variable is 1105 exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the 1106 software being built during the compilation step. 1107 1108 Default initialization for :term:`CFLAGS` varies depending on what is 1109 being built: 1110 1111 - :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` when building for the 1112 target 1113 1114 - :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` when building for the 1115 build host (i.e. ``-native``) 1116 1117 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` when building for 1118 an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) 1119 1120 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` 1121 An internal variable specifying the special class override that 1122 should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so 1123 forth). The classes that use this variable (e.g. 1124 :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>`, 1125 :ref:`nativesdk <ref-classes-nativesdk>`, and so forth) set the 1126 variable to appropriate values. 1127 1128 .. note:: 1129 1130 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` gets its default "class-target" value from the 1131 ``bitbake.conf`` file. 1132 1133 As an example, the following override allows you to install extra 1134 files, but only when building for the target:: 1135 1136 do_install:append:class-target() { 1137 install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir} 1138 } 1139 1140 Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to 1141 "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not 1142 building for the build host:: 1143 1144 FOO:class-native = "native" 1145 FOO = "other" 1146 1147 The underlying mechanism behind :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` is simply 1148 that it is included in the default value of 1149 :term:`OVERRIDES`. 1150 1151 :term:`CLEANBROKEN` 1152 If set to "1" within a recipe, :term:`CLEANBROKEN` specifies that the 1153 ``make clean`` command does not work for the software being built. 1154 Consequently, the OpenEmbedded build system will not try to run 1155 ``make clean`` during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` 1156 task, which is the default behavior. 1157 1158 :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES` 1159 Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in both 1160 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` and 1161 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. This select list of 1162 features contains features that make sense to be controlled both at 1163 the machine and distribution configuration level. For example, the 1164 "bluetooth" feature requires hardware support but should also be 1165 optional at the distribution level, in case the hardware supports 1166 Bluetooth but you do not ever intend to use it. 1167 1168 :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` 1169 Points to ``meta/files/common-licenses`` in the 1170 :term:`Source Directory`, which is where generic license 1171 files reside. 1172 1173 :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` 1174 A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts (when the 1175 recipe is native) or one or more targets (when the recipe is 1176 non-native) with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression 1177 is matched against :term:`HOST_SYS`. You can use the 1178 variable to stop recipes from being built for classes of systems with 1179 which the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is 1180 particularly useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase 1181 parsing speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not 1182 compatible with the current system. 1183 1184 :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE` 1185 A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines 1186 with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression is matched 1187 against :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. You can use 1188 the variable to stop recipes from being built for machines with which 1189 the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is particularly 1190 useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase parsing 1191 speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not compatible 1192 with the current machine. 1193 1194 :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB` 1195 Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of complementary 1196 packages for all the packages explicitly (or implicitly) installed in 1197 an image. 1198 1199 .. note:: 1200 1201 The :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB` variable uses Unix filename pattern matching 1202 (`fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__), 1203 which is similar to the Unix style pathname pattern expansion 1204 (`glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__). 1205 1206 The resulting list of complementary packages is associated with an 1207 item that can be added to 1208 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. An example usage of 1209 this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when added to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` 1210 will install -dev packages (containing headers and other development 1211 files) for every package in the image. 1212 1213 To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag 1214 to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the 1215 wildcard. Here is an example:: 1216 1217 COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev' 1218 1219 :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR` 1220 Stores sysroot components for each recipe. The OpenEmbedded build 1221 system uses :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR` when constructing recipe-specific 1222 sysroots for other recipes. 1223 1224 The default is 1225 "``${``\ :term:`STAGING_DIR`\ ``}-components``." 1226 (i.e. 1227 "``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/sysroots-components``"). 1228 1229 :term:`CONF_VERSION` 1230 Tracks the version of the local configuration file (i.e. 1231 ``local.conf``). The value for :term:`CONF_VERSION` increments each time 1232 ``build/conf/`` compatibility changes. 1233 1234 :term:`CONFFILES` 1235 Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package. 1236 If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update 1237 packages on the target system, it is possible that configuration 1238 files you have changed after the original installation and that you 1239 now want to remain unchanged are overwritten. In other words, 1240 editable files might exist in the package that you do not want reset 1241 as part of the package update process. You can use the :term:`CONFFILES` 1242 variable to list the files in the package that you wish to prevent 1243 the PMS from overwriting during this update process. 1244 1245 To use the :term:`CONFFILES` variable, provide a package name override 1246 that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a 1247 space-separated list of files. Here is an example:: 1248 1249 CONFFILES:${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \ 1250 ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3" 1251 1252 There is a relationship between the :term:`CONFFILES` and :term:`FILES` 1253 variables. The files listed within :term:`CONFFILES` must be a subset of 1254 the files listed within :term:`FILES`. Because the configuration files 1255 you provide with :term:`CONFFILES` are simply being identified so that 1256 the PMS will not overwrite them, it makes sense that the files must 1257 already be included as part of the package through the :term:`FILES` 1258 variable. 1259 1260 .. note:: 1261 1262 When specifying paths as part of the :term:`CONFFILES` variable, it is 1263 good practice to use appropriate path variables. 1264 For example, ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc`` or ``${bindir}`` 1265 rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these variables at 1266 the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in the 1267 :term:`Source Directory`. 1268 1269 :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` 1270 Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) source files. The 1271 OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig 1272 variable as an environment variable. By default, the variable is set 1273 to null (""). 1274 1275 The :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` can be either a single cpio archive 1276 with a ``.cpio`` suffix or a space-separated list of directories and 1277 files for building the initramfs image. A cpio archive should contain 1278 a filesystem archive to be used as an initramfs image. Directories 1279 should contain a filesystem layout to be included in the initramfs 1280 image. Files should contain entries according to the format described 1281 by the ``usr/gen_init_cpio`` program in the kernel tree. 1282 1283 If you specify multiple directories and files, the initramfs image 1284 will be the aggregate of all of them. 1285 1286 For information on creating an initramfs, see the 1287 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section 1288 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 1289 1290 :term:`CONFIG_SITE` 1291 A list of files that contains ``autoconf`` test results relevant to 1292 the current build. This variable is used by the Autotools utilities 1293 when running ``configure``. 1294 1295 :term:`CONFIGURE_FLAGS` 1296 The minimal arguments for GNU configure. 1297 1298 :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES` 1299 When inheriting the 1300 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>` 1301 class, this variable identifies distribution features that would be 1302 in conflict should the recipe be built. In other words, if the 1303 :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES` variable lists a feature that also 1304 appears in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` within the current configuration, then 1305 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build 1306 the recipe then an error will be triggered. 1307 1308 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` 1309 A space-separated list of licenses to exclude from the source 1310 archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In 1311 other words, if a license in a recipe's 1312 :term:`LICENSE` value is in the value of 1313 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`, then its source is not archived by the 1314 class. 1315 1316 .. note:: 1317 1318 The :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` variable takes precedence over the 1319 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` variable. 1320 1321 The default value, which is "CLOSED Proprietary", for 1322 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` is set by the 1323 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which 1324 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. 1325 1326 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` 1327 A space-separated list of licenses to include in the source archived 1328 by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In other 1329 words, if a license in a recipe's :term:`LICENSE` 1330 value is in the value of :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE`, then its 1331 source is archived by the class. 1332 1333 The default value is set by the 1334 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which 1335 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. The default value includes 1336 "GPL*", "LGPL*", and "AGPL*". 1337 1338 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` 1339 A list of recipes to exclude in the source archived by the 1340 :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The 1341 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` variable overrides the license inclusion and 1342 exclusion caused through the 1343 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and 1344 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` 1345 variables, respectively. 1346 1347 The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly exclude 1348 any recipes by name, for :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` is set by the 1349 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which 1350 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. 1351 1352 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` 1353 A list of recipes to include in the source archived by the 1354 :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The 1355 :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` variable overrides the license inclusion and 1356 exclusion caused through the 1357 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and 1358 :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` 1359 variables, respectively. 1360 1361 The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly include 1362 any recipes by name, for :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` is set by the 1363 :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which 1364 is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. 1365 1366 :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES` 1367 A space-separated list of recipe types to include in the source 1368 archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. 1369 Recipe types are ``target``, ``native``, ``nativesdk``, ``cross``, 1370 ``crosssdk``, and ``cross-canadian``. 1371 1372 The default value, which is "target*", for :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES` 1373 is set by the :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` 1374 class, which is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. 1375 1376 :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` 1377 If set to "1" along with the 1378 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, the 1379 OpenEmbedded build system copies into the image the license files, 1380 which are located in ``/usr/share/common-licenses``, for each 1381 package. The license files are placed in directories within the image 1382 itself during build time. 1383 1384 .. note:: 1385 1386 The :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` does not offer a path for adding licenses for 1387 newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for 1388 read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the 1389 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information. 1390 You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`" 1391 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for 1392 information on providing license text. 1393 1394 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` 1395 If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies the license 1396 manifest for the image to 1397 ``/usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest`` within the image 1398 itself during build time. 1399 1400 .. note:: 1401 1402 The :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` does not offer a path for adding licenses for 1403 newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for 1404 read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the 1405 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information. 1406 You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`" 1407 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for 1408 information on providing license text. 1409 1410 :term:`CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL` 1411 Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. You should 1412 only set this variable in the ``local.conf`` configuration file found 1413 in the :term:`Build Directory`. 1414 1415 This variable replaces ``POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL``, which is no longer 1416 supported. 1417 1418 :term:`COREBASE` 1419 Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core Metadata 1420 layer (i.e. ``meta``). 1421 1422 It is an important distinction that :term:`COREBASE` points to the parent 1423 of this layer and not the layer itself. Consider an example where you 1424 have cloned the Poky Git repository and retained the ``poky`` name 1425 for your local copy of the repository. In this case, :term:`COREBASE` 1426 points to the ``poky`` folder because it is the parent directory of 1427 the ``poky/meta`` layer. 1428 1429 :term:`COREBASE_FILES` 1430 Lists files from the :term:`COREBASE` directory that 1431 should be copied other than the layers listed in the 1432 ``bblayers.conf`` file. The :term:`COREBASE_FILES` variable allows 1433 to copy metadata from the OpenEmbedded build system 1434 into the extensible SDK. 1435 1436 Explicitly listing files in :term:`COREBASE` is needed because it 1437 typically contains build directories and other files that should not 1438 normally be copied into the extensible SDK. Consequently, the value 1439 of :term:`COREBASE_FILES` is used in order to only copy the files that 1440 are actually needed. 1441 1442 :term:`CPP` 1443 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C preprocessor. 1444 1445 :term:`CPPFLAGS` 1446 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the 1447 C and the C++ compilers). This variable is exported to an environment 1448 variable and thus made visible to the software being built during the 1449 compilation step. 1450 1451 Default initialization for :term:`CPPFLAGS` varies depending on what is 1452 being built: 1453 1454 - :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` when building for 1455 the target 1456 1457 - :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` when building for the 1458 build host (i.e. ``-native``) 1459 1460 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` when building 1461 for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) 1462 1463 :term:`CROSS_COMPILE` 1464 The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools. The 1465 :term:`CROSS_COMPILE` variable is the same as the 1466 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` variable. 1467 1468 .. note:: 1469 1470 The OpenEmbedded build system sets the :term:`CROSS_COMPILE` 1471 variable only in certain contexts (e.g. when building for kernel 1472 and kernel module recipes). 1473 1474 :term:`CVE_CHECK_PN_WHITELIST` 1475 The list of package names (:term:`PN`) for which 1476 CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures) are ignored. 1477 1478 :term:`CVE_CHECK_WHITELIST` 1479 The list of CVE IDs which are ignored. Here is 1480 an example from the :oe_layerindex:`Python3 recipe</layerindex/recipe/23823>`:: 1481 1482 # This is windows only issue. 1483 CVE_CHECK_WHITELIST += "CVE-2020-15523" 1484 1485 :term:`CVE_PRODUCT` 1486 In a recipe, defines the name used to match the recipe name 1487 against the name in the upstream `NIST CVE database <https://nvd.nist.gov/>`__. 1488 1489 The default is ${:term:`BPN`}. If it does not match the name in the NIST CVE 1490 database or matches with multiple entries in the database, the default 1491 value needs to be changed. 1492 1493 Here is an example from the :oe_layerindex:`Berkeley DB recipe </layerindex/recipe/544>`:: 1494 1495 CVE_PRODUCT = "oracle_berkeley_db berkeley_db" 1496 1497 :term:`CVSDIR` 1498 The directory in which files checked out under the CVS system are 1499 stored. 1500 1501 :term:`CXX` 1502 The minimal command and arguments used to run the C++ compiler. 1503 1504 :term:`CXXFLAGS` 1505 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler. This variable is 1506 exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the 1507 software being built during the compilation step. 1508 1509 Default initialization for :term:`CXXFLAGS` varies depending on what is 1510 being built: 1511 1512 - :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` when building for 1513 the target 1514 1515 - :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` when building for the 1516 build host (i.e. ``-native``) 1517 1518 - :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` when building 1519 for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) 1520 1521 :term:`D` 1522 The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory` 1523 where components are installed by the 1524 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults 1525 to:: 1526 1527 ${WORKDIR}/image 1528 1529 .. note:: 1530 1531 Tasks that read from or write to this directory should run under 1532 :ref:`fakeroot <overview-manual/concepts:fakeroot and pseudo>`. 1533 1534 :term:`DATE` 1535 The date the build was started. Dates appear using the year, month, 1536 and day (YMD) format (e.g. "20150209" for February 9th, 2015). 1537 1538 :term:`DATETIME` 1539 The date and time on which the current build started. The format is 1540 suitable for timestamps. 1541 1542 :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME` 1543 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited, 1544 which is the default behavior, :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME` specifies a 1545 particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library 1546 package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you 1547 set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe:: 1548 1549 DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME:fontconfig-utils = "1" 1550 1551 :term:`DEBIANNAME` 1552 When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited, 1553 which is the default behavior, :term:`DEBIANNAME` allows you to override 1554 the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library 1555 name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an 1556 override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the 1557 ``dbus`` recipe:: 1558 1559 DEBIANNAME:${PN} = "dbus-1" 1560 1561 :term:`DEBUG_BUILD` 1562 Specifies to build packages with debugging information. This 1563 influences the value of the :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` variable. 1564 1565 :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION` 1566 The options to pass in :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` and :term:`CFLAGS` when 1567 compiling a system for debugging. This variable defaults to "-O 1568 -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe". 1569 1570 :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` 1571 Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority. 1572 1573 The most common usage of this is variable is to set it to "-1" within 1574 a recipe for a development version of a piece of software. Using the 1575 variable in this way causes the stable version of the recipe to build 1576 by default in the absence of :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` being used to 1577 build the development version. 1578 1579 .. note:: 1580 1581 The bias provided by :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` is weak and is overridden 1582 by :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` if that variable is different between two 1583 layers that contain different versions of the same recipe. 1584 1585 :term:`DEBUG_PREFIX_MAP` 1586 Allows to set C compiler options, such as ``-fdebug-prefix-map``, 1587 ``-fmacro-prefix-map``, and ``-ffile-prefix-map``, which allow to 1588 replace build-time paths by install-time ones in the debugging sections 1589 of binaries. This makes compiler output files location independent, 1590 at the cost of having to pass an extra command to tell the debugger 1591 where source files are. 1592 1593 This is used by the Yocto Project to guarantee 1594 :doc:`/test-manual/reproducible-builds` even when the source code of 1595 a package uses the ``__FILE__`` or ``assert()`` macros. See the 1596 `reproducible-builds.org <https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/build-path/>`__ 1597 website for details. 1598 1599 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is 1600 not intended to be user-configurable. 1601 1602 :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` 1603 The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e. 1604 the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The 1605 :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` helps define 1606 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. 1607 1608 The default tune is either implicitly or explicitly set by the 1609 machine (:term:`MACHINE`). However, you can override 1610 the setting using available tunes as defined with 1611 :term:`AVAILTUNES`. 1612 1613 :term:`DEPENDS` 1614 Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies. These are dependencies on 1615 other recipes whose contents (e.g. headers and shared libraries) are 1616 needed by the recipe at build time. 1617 1618 As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following 1619 assignment:: 1620 1621 DEPENDS = "bar" 1622 1623 The practical effect of the previous 1624 assignment is that all files installed by bar will be available in 1625 the appropriate staging sysroot, given by the 1626 :term:`STAGING_DIR* <STAGING_DIR>` variables, by the time the 1627 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for ``foo`` runs. 1628 This mechanism is implemented by having ``do_configure`` depend on 1629 the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task of 1630 each recipe listed in :term:`DEPENDS`, through a 1631 ``[``\ :ref:`deptask <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]`` 1632 declaration in the :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class. 1633 1634 .. note:: 1635 1636 It seldom is necessary to reference, for example, :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` 1637 explicitly. The standard classes and build-related variables are 1638 configured to automatically use the appropriate staging sysroots. 1639 1640 As another example, :term:`DEPENDS` can also be used to add utilities 1641 that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe 1642 that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen`` 1643 might have the following:: 1644 1645 DEPENDS = "codegen-native" 1646 1647 For more 1648 information, see the :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>` class and 1649 the :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` variable. 1650 1651 .. note:: 1652 1653 - :term:`DEPENDS` is a list of recipe names. Or, to be more precise, 1654 it is a list of :term:`PROVIDES` names, which 1655 usually match recipe names. Putting a package name such as 1656 "foo-dev" in :term:`DEPENDS` does not make sense. Use "foo" 1657 instead, as this will put files from all the packages that make 1658 up ``foo``, which includes those from ``foo-dev``, into the 1659 sysroot. 1660 1661 - One recipe having another recipe in :term:`DEPENDS` does not by 1662 itself add any runtime dependencies between the packages 1663 produced by the two recipes. However, as explained in the 1664 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" 1665 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, 1666 runtime dependencies will often be added automatically, meaning 1667 :term:`DEPENDS` alone is sufficient for most recipes. 1668 1669 - Counterintuitively, :term:`DEPENDS` is often necessary even for 1670 recipes that install precompiled components. For example, if 1671 ``libfoo`` is a precompiled library that links against 1672 ``libbar``, then linking against ``libfoo`` requires both 1673 ``libfoo`` and ``libbar`` to be available in the sysroot. 1674 Without a :term:`DEPENDS` from the recipe that installs ``libfoo`` 1675 to the recipe that installs ``libbar``, other recipes might 1676 fail to link against ``libfoo``. 1677 1678 For information on runtime dependencies, see the 1679 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. You can also see the 1680 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks`" and 1681 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies`" sections in the 1682 BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and 1683 dependencies. 1684 1685 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR` 1686 Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to 1687 place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready 1688 to be used outside of the build system. By default, this directory 1689 resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as 1690 ``${TMPDIR}/deploy``. 1691 1692 For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see 1693 ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section. 1694 For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the 1695 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`", 1696 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`", and 1697 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections all in the 1698 Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1699 1700 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` 1701 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1702 Debian packages that are ready to be used outside of the build 1703 system. This variable applies only when 1704 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains 1705 "package_deb". 1706 1707 The BitBake configuration file initially defines the 1708 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` variable as a sub-folder of 1709 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: 1710 1711 DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb" 1712 1713 The :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>` class uses the 1714 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` variable to make sure the 1715 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_deb` task 1716 writes Debian packages into the appropriate folder. For more 1717 information on how packaging works, see the 1718 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section 1719 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1720 1721 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` 1722 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1723 images and other associated output files that are ready to be 1724 deployed onto the target machine. The directory is machine-specific 1725 as it contains the ``${MACHINE}`` name. By default, this directory 1726 resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as 1727 ``${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/``. 1728 1729 It must not be used directly in recipes when deploying files. Instead, 1730 it's only useful when a recipe needs to "read" a file already deployed 1731 by a dependency. So, it should be filled with the contents of 1732 :term:`DEPLOYDIR` by the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class or 1733 with the contents of :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` by the :ref:`image 1734 <ref-classes-image>` class. 1735 1736 For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see 1737 ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section. 1738 For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the 1739 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`" and 1740 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections both in 1741 the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1742 1743 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK` 1744 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1745 IPK packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system. 1746 This variable applies only when 1747 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains 1748 "package_ipk". 1749 1750 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a 1751 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: 1752 1753 DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk" 1754 1755 The :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>` class uses the 1756 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK` variable to make sure the 1757 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk` task 1758 writes IPK packages into the appropriate folder. For more information 1759 on how packaging works, see the 1760 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section 1761 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1762 1763 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM` 1764 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1765 RPM packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system. 1766 This variable applies only when 1767 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains 1768 "package_rpm". 1769 1770 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a 1771 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: 1772 1773 DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm" 1774 1775 The :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>` class uses the 1776 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM` variable to make sure the 1777 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_rpm` task 1778 writes RPM packages into the appropriate folder. For more information 1779 on how packaging works, see the 1780 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section 1781 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1782 1783 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR` 1784 Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place 1785 tarballs that are ready to be used outside of the build system. This 1786 variable applies only when 1787 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains 1788 "package_tar". 1789 1790 The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a 1791 sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:: 1792 1793 DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar" 1794 1795 The :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class uses the 1796 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR` variable to make sure the 1797 :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_tar` task 1798 writes TAR packages into the appropriate folder. For more information 1799 on how packaging works, see the 1800 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section 1801 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 1802 1803 :term:`DEPLOYDIR` 1804 When inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class, the 1805 :term:`DEPLOYDIR` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that 1806 is set in the ``deploy`` class as follows:: 1807 1808 DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}" 1809 1810 Recipes inheriting the ``deploy`` class should copy files to be 1811 deployed into :term:`DEPLOYDIR`, and the class will take care of copying 1812 them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` 1813 afterwards. 1814 1815 :term:`DESCRIPTION` 1816 The package description used by package managers. If not set, 1817 :term:`DESCRIPTION` takes the value of the :term:`SUMMARY` 1818 variable. 1819 1820 :term:`DISTRO` 1821 The short name of the distribution. For information on the long name 1822 of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` 1823 variable. 1824 1825 The :term:`DISTRO` variable corresponds to a distribution configuration 1826 file whose root name is the same as the variable's argument and whose 1827 filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the distribution 1828 configuration file for the Poky distribution is named ``poky.conf`` 1829 and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory of the 1830 :term:`Source Directory`. 1831 1832 Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the :term:`DISTRO` variable is set as 1833 follows:: 1834 1835 DISTRO = "poky" 1836 1837 Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro`` 1838 directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the 1839 distribution configuration. The value for :term:`DISTRO` must not contain 1840 spaces, and is typically all lower-case. 1841 1842 .. note:: 1843 1844 If the :term:`DISTRO` variable is blank, a set of default configurations 1845 are used, which are specified within 1846 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory. 1847 1848 :term:`DISTRO_CODENAME` 1849 Specifies a codename for the distribution being built. 1850 1851 :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 1852 Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images. 1853 This variable takes affect through ``packagegroup-base`` so the 1854 variable only really applies to the more full-featured images that 1855 include ``packagegroup-base``. You can use this variable to keep 1856 distro policy out of generic images. As with all other distro 1857 variables, you set this variable in the distro ``.conf`` file. 1858 1859 :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` 1860 Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if 1861 the packages exist. The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g. 1862 kernel modules). The list of packages are automatically installed but 1863 you can remove them. 1864 1865 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` 1866 The software support you want in your distribution for various 1867 features. You define your distribution features in the distribution 1868 configuration file. 1869 1870 In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in 1871 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` is translated to the appropriate option supplied 1872 to the configure script during the 1873 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for recipes that 1874 optionally support the feature. For example, specifying "x11" in 1875 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`, causes every piece of software built for the 1876 target that can optionally support X11 to have its X11 support 1877 enabled. 1878 1879 Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. For a more complete 1880 list of features that ships with the Yocto Project and that you can 1881 provide with this variable, see the ":ref:`ref-features-distro`" section. 1882 1883 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL` 1884 Features to be added to :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` if not also present in 1885 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`. 1886 1887 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is 1888 not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference 1889 the variable to see which distro features are being backfilled for 1890 all distro configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section 1891 for more information. 1892 1893 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED` 1894 Features from :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL` that should not be 1895 backfilled (i.e. added to :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`) during the build. See 1896 the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information. 1897 1898 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT` 1899 A convenience variable that gives you the default list of distro 1900 features with the exception of any features specific to the C library 1901 (``libc``). 1902 1903 When creating a custom distribution, you might find it useful to be 1904 able to reuse the default 1905 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the 1906 need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses 1907 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT` from a custom distro configuration file:: 1908 1909 DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature" 1910 1911 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE` 1912 Specifies a list of features that if present in the target 1913 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be 1914 included in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native recipes. This 1915 variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the 1916 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE` 1917 variable. 1918 1919 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK` 1920 Specifies a list of features that if present in the target 1921 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be 1922 included in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building nativesdk recipes. This 1923 variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the 1924 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK` 1925 variable. 1926 1927 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE` 1928 Specifies a list of features that should be included in 1929 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native 1930 recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features filtered 1931 using the 1932 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE` 1933 variable. 1934 1935 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK` 1936 Specifies a list of features that should be included in 1937 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building 1938 nativesdk recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features 1939 filtered using the 1940 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK` 1941 variable. 1942 1943 :term:`DISTRO_NAME` 1944 The long name of the distribution. For information on the short name 1945 of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO` variable. 1946 1947 The :term:`DISTRO_NAME` variable corresponds to a distribution 1948 configuration file whose root name is the same as the variable's 1949 argument and whose filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the 1950 distribution configuration file for the Poky distribution is named 1951 ``poky.conf`` and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory 1952 of the :term:`Source Directory`. 1953 1954 Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` variable is set 1955 as follows:: 1956 1957 DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)" 1958 1959 Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro`` 1960 directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the 1961 distribution configuration. 1962 1963 .. note:: 1964 1965 If the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` variable is blank, a set of default 1966 configurations are used, which are specified within 1967 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory. 1968 1969 :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` 1970 The version of the distribution. 1971 1972 :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` 1973 A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the current 1974 distribution. By default, this list includes the value of 1975 :term:`DISTRO`. 1976 1977 You can extend :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` to add extra overrides that should 1978 apply to the distribution. 1979 1980 The underlying mechanism behind :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` is simply that it 1981 is included in the default value of 1982 :term:`OVERRIDES`. 1983 1984 :term:`DISTUTILS_SETUP_PATH` 1985 When used by recipes that inherit the 1986 :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>` or 1987 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` class, this variable should 1988 be used to specify the directory in which the ``setup.py`` file is 1989 located if it is not at the root of the source tree (as specified by 1990 :term:`S`). For example, in a recipe where the sources are fetched from 1991 a Git repository and ``setup.py`` is in a ``python/pythonmodule`` 1992 subdirectory, you would have this:: 1993 1994 S = "${WORKDIR}/git" 1995 DISTUTILS_SETUP_PATH = "${S}/python/pythonmodule" 1996 1997 :term:`DL_DIR` 1998 The central download directory used by the build process to store 1999 downloads. By default, :term:`DL_DIR` gets files suitable for mirroring 2000 for everything except Git repositories. If you want tarballs of Git 2001 repositories, use the 2002 :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS` 2003 variable. 2004 2005 You can set this directory by defining the :term:`DL_DIR` variable in the 2006 ``conf/local.conf`` file. This directory is self-maintaining and you 2007 should not have to touch it. By default, the directory is 2008 ``downloads`` in the :term:`Build Directory`. 2009 :: 2010 2011 #DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads" 2012 2013 To specify a different download directory, 2014 simply remove the comment from the line and provide your directory. 2015 2016 During a first build, the system downloads many different source code 2017 tarballs from various upstream projects. Downloading can take a 2018 while, particularly if your network connection is slow. Tarballs are 2019 all stored in the directory defined by :term:`DL_DIR` and the build 2020 system looks there first to find source tarballs. 2021 2022 .. note:: 2023 2024 When wiping and rebuilding, you can preserve this directory to 2025 speed up this part of subsequent builds. 2026 2027 You can safely share this directory between multiple builds on the 2028 same development machine. For additional information on how the build 2029 process gets source files when working behind a firewall or proxy 2030 server, see this specific question in the ":doc:`faq`" 2031 chapter. You can also refer to the 2032 ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`" 2033 Wiki page. 2034 2035 :term:`DOC_COMPRESS` 2036 When inheriting the :ref:`compress_doc <ref-classes-compress_doc>` 2037 class, this variable sets the compression policy used when the 2038 OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info pages. By 2039 default, the compression method used is gz (gzip). Other policies 2040 available are xz and bz2. 2041 2042 For information on policies and on how to use this variable, see the 2043 comments in the ``meta/classes/compress_doc.bbclass`` file. 2044 2045 :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` 2046 When building bootable images (i.e. where ``hddimg``, ``iso``, or 2047 ``wic.vmdk`` is in :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`), the 2048 :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` variable specifies the EFI bootloader to use. The 2049 default is "grub-efi", but "systemd-boot" can be used instead. 2050 2051 See the :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` and 2052 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` classes for more 2053 information. 2054 2055 :term:`ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION` 2056 Variable that controls which locales for ``glibc`` are generated 2057 during the build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes of RAM or 2058 less). 2059 2060 :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR` 2061 When used with the :ref:`report-error <ref-classes-report-error>` 2062 class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files created by 2063 the :ref:`error reporting 2064 tool <dev-manual/common-tasks:using the error reporting tool>`, which 2065 allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a central 2066 database. By default, the value of this variable is 2067 ``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``. 2068 2069 You can set :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR` to the path you want the error 2070 reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your 2071 ``local.conf`` file:: 2072 2073 ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path" 2074 2075 :term:`ERROR_QA` 2076 Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as 2077 errors by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in 2078 your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you 2079 can control with this variable, see the 2080 ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section. 2081 2082 :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` 2083 Triggers the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries resolver to 2084 exclude an entire package when scanning for shared libraries. 2085 2086 .. note:: 2087 2088 The shared libraries resolver's functionality results in part from 2089 the internal function ``package_do_shlibs``, which is part of the 2090 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. You should be aware that the shared 2091 libraries resolver might implicitly define some dependencies between 2092 packages. 2093 2094 The :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` variable is similar to the 2095 :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` variable, which excludes a 2096 package's particular libraries only and not the whole package. 2097 2098 Use the :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` variable by setting it to "1" for a 2099 particular package:: 2100 2101 EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1" 2102 2103 :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` 2104 Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e. 2105 ``bitbake world``). During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and 2106 builds all recipes found in every layer exposed in the 2107 ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file. 2108 2109 To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the 2110 variable to "1" in the recipe. 2111 2112 .. note:: 2113 2114 Recipes added to :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` may still be built during a 2115 world build in order to satisfy dependencies of other recipes. Adding 2116 a recipe to :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` only ensures that the recipe is not 2117 explicitly added to the list of build targets in a world build. 2118 2119 :term:`EXTENDPE` 2120 Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's 2121 version based on the recipe's :term:`PE` value. If :term:`PE` 2122 is set and greater than zero for a recipe, :term:`EXTENDPE` becomes that 2123 value (e.g if :term:`PE` is equal to "1" then :term:`EXTENDPE` becomes "1"). 2124 If a recipe's :term:`PE` is not set (the default) or is equal to zero, 2125 :term:`EXTENDPE` becomes "". 2126 2127 See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. 2128 2129 :term:`EXTENDPKGV` 2130 The full package version specification as it appears on the final 2131 packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used 2132 to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another 2133 package in the same recipe:: 2134 2135 RDEPENDS:${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})" 2136 2137 The dependency relationships are intended to force the package 2138 manager to upgrade these types of packages in lock-step. 2139 2140 :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS` 2141 When set, the :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS` variable indicates that these 2142 tools are not in the source tree. 2143 2144 When kernel tools are available in the tree, they are preferred over 2145 any externally installed tools. Setting the :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS` 2146 variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system to prefer the installed 2147 external tools. See the 2148 :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` class in 2149 ``meta/classes`` to see how the variable is used. 2150 2151 :term:`EXTERNALSRC` 2152 When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>` 2153 class, this variable points to the source tree, which is outside of 2154 the OpenEmbedded build system. When set, this variable sets the 2155 :term:`S` variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build 2156 system uses to locate unpacked recipe source code. 2157 2158 For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the 2159 ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You 2160 can also find information on how to use this variable in the 2161 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`" 2162 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 2163 2164 :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD` 2165 When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>` 2166 class, this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's 2167 source code is built, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build 2168 system. When set, this variable sets the :term:`B` variable, 2169 which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses to locate the Build 2170 Directory. 2171 2172 For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the 2173 ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You 2174 can also find information on how to use this variable in the 2175 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`" 2176 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 2177 2178 :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF` 2179 For recipes inheriting the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` 2180 class, you can use :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF` to specify extra options to 2181 pass to the ``autoreconf`` command that is executed during the 2182 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. 2183 2184 The default value is "--exclude=autopoint". 2185 2186 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` 2187 A list of additional features to include in an image. When listing 2188 more than one feature, separate them with a space. 2189 2190 Typically, you configure this variable in your ``local.conf`` file, 2191 which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`. 2192 Although you can use this variable from within a recipe, best 2193 practices dictate that you do not. 2194 2195 .. note:: 2196 2197 To enable primary features from within the image recipe, use the 2198 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variable. 2199 2200 Here are some examples of features you can add: 2201 2202 - "dbg-pkgs" - Adds -dbg packages for all installed packages including 2203 symbol information for debugging and profiling. 2204 2205 - "debug-tweaks" - Makes an image suitable for debugging. For example, allows root logins without passwords and 2206 enables post-installation logging. See the 'allow-empty-password' and 2207 'post-install-logging' features in the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" 2208 section for more information. 2209 - "dev-pkgs" - Adds -dev packages for all installed packages. This is 2210 useful if you want to develop against the libraries in the image. 2211 - "read-only-rootfs" - Creates an image whose root filesystem is 2212 read-only. See the 2213 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating a read-only root filesystem`" 2214 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more 2215 information 2216 - "tools-debug" - Adds debugging tools such as gdb and strace. 2217 - "tools-sdk" - Adds development tools such as gcc, make, 2218 pkgconfig and so forth. 2219 - "tools-testapps" - Adds useful testing tools 2220 such as ts_print, aplay, arecord and so forth. 2221 2222 For a complete list of image features that ships with the Yocto 2223 Project, see the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section. 2224 2225 For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this 2226 variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``" 2227 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 2228 2229 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGECMD` 2230 Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has 2231 been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting 2232 this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is 2233 an example:: 2234 2235 EXTRA_IMAGECMD:ext3 ?= "-i 4096" 2236 2237 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS` 2238 A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for 2239 installing into the root filesystem. 2240 2241 Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not 2242 needed in the root filesystem. You can use the :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS` 2243 variable to list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies. A 2244 typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration. 2245 2246 .. note:: 2247 2248 To add packages to the root filesystem, see the various 2249 :term:`RDEPENDS` and :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variables. 2250 2251 :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` 2252 A list of subdirectories of 2253 ``${``\ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`\ ``}`` 2254 added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an 2255 example, the following prepends 2256 "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to 2257 ``PATH``:: 2258 2259 EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar" 2260 2261 :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE` 2262 Additional `CMake <https://cmake.org/overview/>`__ options. See the 2263 :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class for additional information. 2264 2265 :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` 2266 Additional ``configure`` script options. See 2267 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` for 2268 additional information on passing configure script options. 2269 2270 :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` 2271 Additional GNU ``make`` options. 2272 2273 Because the :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` defaults to "", you need to set the 2274 variable to specify any required GNU options. 2275 2276 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` and 2277 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` also make use of 2278 :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` to pass the required flags. 2279 2280 :term:`EXTRA_OESCONS` 2281 When inheriting the :ref:`scons <ref-classes-scons>` class, this 2282 variable specifies additional configuration options you want to pass 2283 to the ``scons`` command line. 2284 2285 :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS` 2286 When inheriting the :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>` 2287 class, this variable provides image level user and group operations. 2288 This is a more global method of providing user and group 2289 configuration as compared to using the 2290 :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, which ties user and 2291 group configurations to a specific recipe. 2292 2293 The set list of commands you can configure using the 2294 :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS` is shown in the ``extrausers`` class. These 2295 commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same names:: 2296 2297 # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\ 2298 # useradd -p '' tester; \ 2299 # groupadd developers; \ 2300 # userdel nobody; \ 2301 # groupdel -g video; \ 2302 # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \ 2303 # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \ 2304 # " 2305 2306 Additionally there is a special ``passwd-expire`` command that will 2307 cause the password for a user to be expired and thus force changing it 2308 on first login, for example:: 2309 2310 EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS += " useradd myuser; passwd-expire myuser;" 2311 2312 .. note:: 2313 2314 At present, ``passwd-expire`` may only work for remote logins when 2315 using OpenSSH and not dropbear as an SSH server. 2316 2317 :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` 2318 Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific 2319 item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. 2320 When setting the value, :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` should have the name of 2321 the feature item as an override. Here is an example:: 2322 2323 FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2" 2324 2325 In this example, if "widget" were added to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`, 2326 package1 and package2 would be included in the image. 2327 2328 .. note:: 2329 2330 Packages installed by features defined through :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` 2331 are often package groups. While similarly named, you should not 2332 confuse the :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` variable with package groups, which 2333 are discussed elsewhere in the documentation. 2334 2335 :term:`FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI` 2336 Points to the base URL of the server and location within the 2337 document-root that provides the metadata and packages required by 2338 OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set 2339 this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. 2340 2341 Consider the following example:: 2342 2343 FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir" 2344 2345 This example assumes you are serving 2346 your packages over HTTP and your databases are located in a directory 2347 named ``BOARD-dir``, which is underneath your HTTP server's 2348 document-root. In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates 2349 a set of configuration files for you in your target that work with 2350 the feed. 2351 2352 :term:`FILES` 2353 The list of files and directories that are placed in a package. The 2354 :term:`PACKAGES` variable lists the packages 2355 generated by a recipe. 2356 2357 To use the :term:`FILES` variable, provide a package name override that 2358 identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated 2359 list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as 2360 part of the resulting package. Here is an example:: 2361 2362 FILES:${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile" 2363 2364 .. note:: 2365 2366 - When specifying files or paths, you can pattern match using 2367 Python's 2368 `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ 2369 syntax. For details on the syntax, see the documentation by 2370 following the previous link. 2371 2372 - When specifying paths as part of the :term:`FILES` variable, it is 2373 good practice to use appropriate path variables. For example, 2374 use ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc``, or ``${bindir}`` 2375 rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these 2376 variables at the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in 2377 the :term:`Source Directory`. You will also 2378 find the default values of the various ``FILES:*`` variables in 2379 this file. 2380 2381 If some of the files you provide with the :term:`FILES` variable are 2382 editable and you know they should not be overwritten during the 2383 package update process by the Package Management System (PMS), you 2384 can identify these files so that the PMS will not overwrite them. See 2385 the :term:`CONFFILES` variable for information on 2386 how to identify these files to the PMS. 2387 2388 :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV` 2389 Defines the file specification to match 2390 :term:`SOLIBSDEV`. In other words, 2391 :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV` defines the full path name of the development 2392 symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform. 2393 2394 The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is 2395 set:: 2396 2397 FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}" 2398 2399 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` 2400 Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses when 2401 looking for files and patches as it processes recipes and append 2402 files. The default directories BitBake uses when it processes recipes 2403 are initially defined by the :term:`FILESPATH` 2404 variable. You can extend :term:`FILESPATH` variable by using 2405 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`. 2406 2407 Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using 2408 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you 2409 prepend paths as follows:: 2410 2411 FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" 2412 2413 In the above example, the build system first 2414 looks for files in a directory that has the same name as the 2415 corresponding append file. 2416 2417 .. note:: 2418 2419 When extending :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`, be sure to use the immediate 2420 expansion (``:=``) operator. Immediate expansion makes sure that 2421 BitBake evaluates :term:`THISDIR` at the time the 2422 directive is encountered rather than at some later time when 2423 expansion might result in a directory that does not contain the 2424 files you need. 2425 2426 Also, include the trailing separating colon character if you are 2427 prepending. The trailing colon character is necessary because you 2428 are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories 2429 to the search path. 2430 2431 Here is another common use:: 2432 2433 FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:" 2434 2435 In this example, the build system extends the 2436 :term:`FILESPATH` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is 2437 in the same directory as the corresponding append file. 2438 2439 This next example specifically adds three paths:: 2440 2441 FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:" 2442 2443 A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include 2444 a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful 2445 in a BSP layer:: 2446 2447 FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend:intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:" 2448 2449 The previous statement appears in the 2450 ``linux-yocto-dev.bbappend`` file, which is found in the 2451 :ref:`overview-manual/development-environment:yocto project source repositories` in 2452 ``meta-intel/common/recipes-kernel/linux``. Here, the machine 2453 override is a special :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` 2454 definition for multiple ``meta-intel`` machines. 2455 2456 .. note:: 2457 2458 For a layer that supports a single BSP, the override could just be 2459 the value of :term:`MACHINE`. 2460 2461 By prepending paths in ``.bbappend`` files, you allow multiple append 2462 files that reside in different layers but are used for the same 2463 recipe to correctly extend the path. 2464 2465 :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` 2466 A subset of :term:`OVERRIDES` used by the 2467 OpenEmbedded build system for creating 2468 :term:`FILESPATH`. The :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable 2469 uses overrides to automatically extend the 2470 :term:`FILESPATH` variable. For an example of how 2471 that works, see the :term:`FILESPATH` variable 2472 description. Additionally, you find more information on how overrides 2473 are handled in the 2474 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" 2475 section of the BitBake User Manual. 2476 2477 By default, the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable is defined as:: 2478 2479 FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}" 2480 2481 .. note:: 2482 2483 Do not hand-edit the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable. The values match up 2484 with expected overrides and are used in an expected manner by the 2485 build system. 2486 2487 :term:`FILESPATH` 2488 The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system uses 2489 when searching for patches and files. 2490 2491 During the build process, BitBake searches each directory in 2492 :term:`FILESPATH` in the specified order when looking for files and 2493 patches specified by each ``file://`` URI in a recipe's 2494 :term:`SRC_URI` statements. 2495 2496 The default value for the :term:`FILESPATH` variable is defined in the 2497 ``base.bbclass`` class found in ``meta/classes`` in the 2498 :term:`Source Directory`:: 2499 2500 FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \ 2501 "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}" 2502 2503 The 2504 :term:`FILESPATH` variable is automatically extended using the overrides 2505 from the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable. 2506 2507 .. note:: 2508 2509 - Do not hand-edit the :term:`FILESPATH` variable. If you want the 2510 build system to look in directories other than the defaults, 2511 extend the :term:`FILESPATH` variable by using the 2512 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable. 2513 2514 - Be aware that the default :term:`FILESPATH` directories do not map 2515 to directories in custom layers where append files 2516 (``.bbappend``) are used. If you want the build system to find 2517 patches or files that reside with your append files, you need 2518 to extend the :term:`FILESPATH` variable by using the 2519 :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable. 2520 2521 You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For 2522 example, consider a case where there is the following directory structure 2523 for general and machine-specific configurations:: 2524 2525 files/defconfig 2526 files/MACHINEA/defconfig 2527 files/MACHINEB/defconfig 2528 2529 Also in the example, the :term:`SRC_URI` statement contains 2530 "file://defconfig". Given this scenario, you can set 2531 :term:`MACHINE` to "MACHINEA" and cause the build 2532 system to use files from ``files/MACHINEA``. Set :term:`MACHINE` to 2533 "MACHINEB" and the build system uses files from ``files/MACHINEB``. 2534 Finally, for any machine other than "MACHINEA" and "MACHINEB", the 2535 build system uses files from ``files/defconfig``. 2536 2537 You can find out more about the patching process in the 2538 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:patching`" section 2539 in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the 2540 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:patching code`" section in 2541 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. See the 2542 :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task as well. 2543 2544 :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES` 2545 Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part 2546 of your configuration for the packaging process. For example, suppose 2547 you need a consistent set of custom permissions for a set of groups 2548 and users across an entire work project. It is best to do this in the 2549 packages themselves but this is not always possible. 2550 2551 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``fs-perms.txt``, 2552 which is located in the ``meta/files`` folder in the :term:`Source Directory`. 2553 If you create your own file 2554 permissions setting table, you should place it in your layer or the 2555 distro's layer. 2556 2557 You define the :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES` variable in the 2558 ``conf/local.conf`` file, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`, 2559 to point to your custom 2560 ``fs-perms.txt``. You can specify more than a single file permissions 2561 setting table. The paths you specify to these files must be defined 2562 within the :term:`BBPATH` variable. 2563 2564 For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings 2565 table file, examine the existing ``fs-perms.txt``. 2566 2567 :term:`FIT_DESC` 2568 Specifies the description string encoded into a fitImage. The default 2569 value is set by the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` 2570 class as follows:: 2571 2572 FIT_DESC ?= "U-Boot fitImage for ${DISTRO_NAME}/${PV}/${MACHINE}" 2573 2574 :term:`FIT_GENERATE_KEYS` 2575 Decides whether to generate the keys for signing fitImage if they 2576 don't already exist. The keys are created in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR`. 2577 The default value is 0. 2578 2579 :term:`FIT_HASH_ALG` 2580 Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. For e.g. sha256. 2581 2582 :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG` 2583 Compression algorithm to use for the kernel image inside the FIT Image. 2584 At present, the only supported values are "gzip" (default) or "none" 2585 If you set this variable to anything other than "none" you may also need 2586 to set :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG_EXTENSION`. 2587 2588 :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG_EXTENSION` 2589 File extension corresponding to :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG`. The default 2590 value is ".gz". 2591 2592 :term:`FIT_KEY_GENRSA_ARGS` 2593 Arguments to openssl genrsa for generating RSA private key for signing 2594 fitImage. The default value is "-F4". i.e. the public exponent 65537 to 2595 use. 2596 2597 :term:`FIT_KEY_REQ_ARGS` 2598 Arguments to openssl req for generating certificate for signing fitImage. 2599 The default value is "-batch -new". batch for non interactive mode 2600 and new for generating new keys. 2601 2602 :term:`FIT_KEY_SIGN_PKCS` 2603 Format for public key certificate used in signing fitImage. 2604 The default value is "x509". 2605 2606 :term:`FIT_SIGN_ALG` 2607 Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. 2608 For e.g. rsa2048. 2609 2610 :term:`FIT_SIGN_NUMBITS` 2611 Size of private key in number of bits used in fitImage. The default 2612 value is "2048". 2613 2614 :term:`FIT_SIGN_INDIVIDUAL` 2615 If set to "1", then the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` 2616 class will sign the kernel, dtb and ramdisk images individually in addition 2617 to signing the fitImage itself. This could be useful if you are 2618 intending to verify signatures in another context than booting via 2619 U-Boot. 2620 2621 :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 2622 When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class, 2623 this variable specifies the runtime dependencies for font packages. 2624 By default, the :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` is set to "fontconfig-utils". 2625 2626 :term:`FONT_PACKAGES` 2627 When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class, 2628 this variable identifies packages containing font files that need to 2629 be cached by Fontconfig. By default, the ``fontcache`` class assumes 2630 that fonts are in the recipe's main package (i.e. 2631 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if fonts you 2632 need are in a package other than that main package. 2633 2634 :term:`FORCE_RO_REMOVE` 2635 Forces the removal of the packages listed in ``ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED`` 2636 during the generation of the root filesystem. 2637 2638 Set the variable to "1" to force the removal of these packages. 2639 2640 :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION` 2641 The options to pass in :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` and :term:`CFLAGS` when 2642 compiling an optimized system. This variable defaults to "-O2 -pipe 2643 ${DEBUG_FLAGS}". 2644 2645 :term:`GCCPIE` 2646 Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the GNU C 2647 Compiler (GCC). Enabling PIE in the GCC makes Return Oriented 2648 Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute. 2649 2650 By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the 2651 variable as follows:: 2652 2653 GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie" 2654 2655 :term:`GCCVERSION` 2656 Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for 2657 compilation. By default, :term:`GCCVERSION` is set to "8.x" in the 2658 ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file:: 2659 2660 GCCVERSION ?= "8.%" 2661 2662 You can override this value by setting it in a 2663 configuration file such as the ``local.conf``. 2664 2665 :term:`GDB` 2666 The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger. 2667 2668 :term:`GITDIR` 2669 The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository is stored 2670 when it is cloned. 2671 2672 :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` 2673 Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you not wish 2674 to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time consuming. 2675 2676 .. note:: 2677 2678 If you specifically remove the locale ``en_US.UTF-8``, you must set 2679 :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` appropriately. 2680 2681 You can set :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` in your ``local.conf`` file. 2682 By default, all locales are generated. 2683 :: 2684 2685 GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES = "en_GB.UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8" 2686 2687 :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM` 2688 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, 2689 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be 2690 passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the 2691 system when the package is installed. 2692 2693 Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:: 2694 2695 GROUPADD_PARAM:${PN} = "-r netdev" 2696 2697 For information on the standard Linux shell command 2698 ``groupadd``, see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupadd. 2699 2700 :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` 2701 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, 2702 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be 2703 passed to the ``groupmems`` command if you wish to modify the members 2704 of a group when the package is installed. 2705 2706 For information on the standard Linux shell command ``groupmems``, 2707 see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupmems. 2708 2709 :term:`GRUB_GFXSERIAL` 2710 Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have graphics 2711 and serial in the boot menu. Set this variable to "1" in your 2712 ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration file to enable graphics 2713 and serial in the menu. 2714 2715 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more 2716 information on how this variable is used. 2717 2718 :term:`GRUB_OPTS` 2719 Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) 2720 configuration. Use a semi-colon character (``;``) to separate 2721 multiple options. 2722 2723 The :term:`GRUB_OPTS` variable is optional. See the 2724 :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information 2725 on how this variable is used. 2726 2727 :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT` 2728 Specifies the timeout before executing the default ``LABEL`` in the 2729 GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB). 2730 2731 The :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT` variable is optional. See the 2732 :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information 2733 on how this variable is used. 2734 2735 :term:`GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES` 2736 When inheriting the 2737 :ref:`gtk-immodules-cache <ref-classes-gtk-immodules-cache>` class, 2738 this variable specifies the packages that contain the GTK+ input 2739 method modules being installed when the modules are in packages other 2740 than the main package. 2741 2742 :term:`HOMEPAGE` 2743 Website where more information about the software the recipe is 2744 building can be found. 2745 2746 :term:`HOST_ARCH` 2747 The name of the target architecture, which is normally the same as 2748 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. The OpenEmbedded build system 2749 supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures 2750 supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is 2751 configurable: 2752 2753 - arm 2754 - i586 2755 - x86_64 2756 - powerpc 2757 - powerpc64 2758 - mips 2759 - mipsel 2760 2761 :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH` 2762 Specifies architecture-specific compiler flags that are passed to the 2763 C compiler. 2764 2765 Default initialization for :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH` varies depending on what 2766 is being built: 2767 2768 - :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` when building for the 2769 target 2770 2771 - :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` when building for the build host (i.e. 2772 ``-native``) 2773 2774 - ``BUILDSDK_CC_ARCH`` when building for an SDK (i.e. 2775 ``nativesdk-``) 2776 2777 :term:`HOST_OS` 2778 Specifies the name of the target operating system, which is normally 2779 the same as the :term:`TARGET_OS`. The variable can 2780 be set to "linux" for ``glibc``-based systems and to "linux-musl" for 2781 ``musl``. For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and 2782 "linux-musleabi" values possible. 2783 2784 :term:`HOST_PREFIX` 2785 Specifies the prefix for the cross-compile toolchain. :term:`HOST_PREFIX` 2786 is normally the same as :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`. 2787 2788 :term:`HOST_SYS` 2789 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating 2790 system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the 2791 current recipe. 2792 2793 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based 2794 on :term:`HOST_ARCH`, 2795 :term:`HOST_VENDOR`, and 2796 :term:`HOST_OS` variables. 2797 2798 .. note:: 2799 2800 You do not need to set the variable yourself. 2801 2802 Consider these two examples: 2803 2804 - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit x86 machine running Linux, the 2805 value is "i686-linux". 2806 2807 - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian MIPS target running 2808 Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux". 2809 2810 :term:`HOSTTOOLS` 2811 A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that 2812 should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this 2813 filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. If a tool 2814 specified in the value of :term:`HOSTTOOLS` is not found on the build 2815 host, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an error and the build 2816 is not started. 2817 2818 For additional information, see 2819 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`. 2820 2821 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` 2822 A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that 2823 should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this 2824 filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. Unlike 2825 :term:`HOSTTOOLS`, the OpenEmbedded build system 2826 does not produce an error if a tool specified in the value of 2827 :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` is not found on the build host. Thus, you can 2828 use :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` to filter optional host tools. 2829 2830 :term:`HOST_VENDOR` 2831 Specifies the name of the vendor. :term:`HOST_VENDOR` is normally the 2832 same as :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`. 2833 2834 :term:`ICECC_DISABLED` 2835 Disables or enables the ``icecc`` (Icecream) function. For more 2836 information on this function and best practices for using this 2837 variable, see the ":ref:`icecc.bbclass <ref-classes-icecc>`" 2838 section. 2839 2840 Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the 2841 function:: 2842 2843 ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1" 2844 2845 To enable the function, set the variable as follows:: 2846 2847 ICECC_DISABLED = "" 2848 2849 :term:`ICECC_ENV_EXEC` 2850 Points to the ``icecc-create-env`` script that you provide. This 2851 variable is used by the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You 2852 set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. 2853 2854 If you do not point to a script that you provide, the OpenEmbedded 2855 build system uses the default script provided by the 2856 ``icecc-create-env.bb`` recipe, which is a modified version and not 2857 the one that comes with ``icecc``. 2858 2859 :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE` 2860 Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the 2861 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task that specify parallel 2862 compilation. This variable usually takes the form of "-j x", where x 2863 represents the maximum number of parallel threads ``make`` can run. 2864 2865 .. note:: 2866 2867 The options passed affect builds on all enabled machines on the 2868 network, which are machines running the ``iceccd`` daemon. 2869 2870 If your enabled machines support multiple cores, coming up with the 2871 maximum number of parallel threads that gives you the best 2872 performance could take some experimentation since machine speed, 2873 network lag, available memory, and existing machine loads can all 2874 affect build time. Consequently, unlike the 2875 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable, there is no 2876 rule-of-thumb for setting :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE` to achieve optimal 2877 performance. 2878 2879 If you do not set :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`, the build system does not 2880 use it (i.e. the system does not detect and assign the number of 2881 cores as is done with :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`). 2882 2883 :term:`ICECC_PATH` 2884 The location of the ``icecc`` binary. You can set this variable in 2885 your ``local.conf`` file. If your ``local.conf`` file does not define 2886 this variable, the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class attempts 2887 to define it by locating ``icecc`` using ``which``. 2888 2889 :term:`ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL` 2890 Identifies user classes that you do not want the Icecream distributed 2891 compile support to consider. This variable is used by the 2892 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in 2893 your ``local.conf`` file. 2894 2895 When you list classes using this variable, you are "blacklisting" 2896 them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any classes 2897 you list will be distributed and compiled locally. 2898 2899 :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL` 2900 Identifies user recipes that you do not want the Icecream distributed 2901 compile support to consider. This variable is used by the 2902 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in 2903 your ``local.conf`` file. 2904 2905 When you list packages using this variable, you are "blacklisting" 2906 them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any packages 2907 you list will be distributed and compiled locally. 2908 2909 :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL` 2910 Identifies user recipes that use an empty 2911 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable that you want to 2912 force remote distributed compilation on using the Icecream 2913 distributed compile support. This variable is used by the 2914 :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in 2915 your ``local.conf`` file. 2916 2917 :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` 2918 The base name of image output files. This variable defaults to the 2919 recipe name (``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). 2920 2921 :term:`IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES` 2922 A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition 2923 when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the 2924 ``bootimg-efi`` source plugin. By default, 2925 the files are 2926 installed under the same name as the source files. To change the 2927 installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon 2928 (;). Source files need to be located in 2929 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two 2930 examples:: 2931 2932 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE};bz2" 2933 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE} microcode.cpio" 2934 2935 Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In 2936 this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base 2937 name of the source file path. To install files into a directory 2938 within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). 2939 Here are two examples:: 2940 2941 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*" 2942 IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*;boot/" 2943 2944 The first example 2945 installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/boot/loader/`` 2946 into the root of the target partition. The second example installs 2947 the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition. 2948 2949 You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the 2950 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`" 2951 section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference 2952 material for Wic is located in the 2953 ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter. 2954 2955 :term:`IMAGE_BOOT_FILES` 2956 A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition 2957 when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the 2958 ``bootimg-partition`` source plugin. By default, 2959 the files are 2960 installed under the same name as the source files. To change the 2961 installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon 2962 (;). Source files need to be located in 2963 :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two 2964 examples:: 2965 2966 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel" 2967 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}" 2968 2969 Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In 2970 this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base 2971 name of the source file path. To install files into a directory 2972 within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;). 2973 Here are two examples:: 2974 2975 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*" 2976 IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/" 2977 2978 The first example 2979 installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/bcm2835-bootfiles`` 2980 into the root of the target partition. The second example installs 2981 the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition. 2982 2983 You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the 2984 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`" 2985 section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference 2986 material for Wic is located in the 2987 ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter. 2988 2989 :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` 2990 A list of classes that all images should inherit. You typically use 2991 this variable to specify the list of classes that register the 2992 different types of images the OpenEmbedded build system creates. 2993 2994 The default value for :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` is ``image_types``. You can 2995 set this variable in your ``local.conf`` or in a distribution 2996 configuration file. 2997 2998 For more information, see ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass`` in the 2999 :term:`Source Directory`. 3000 3001 :term:`IMAGE_CMD` 3002 Specifies the command to create the image file for a specific image 3003 type, which corresponds to the value set in 3004 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``, 3005 ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use 3006 an override for the associated type. Here is an example:: 3007 3008 IMAGE_CMD:jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} --faketime \ 3009 --output=${IMGDEPLOYDIR}/${IMAGE_NAME}${IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX}.jffs2 \ 3010 ${EXTRA_IMAGECMD}" 3011 3012 You typically do not need to set this variable unless you are adding 3013 support for a new image type. For more examples on how to set this 3014 variable, see the :ref:`image_types <ref-classes-image_types>` 3015 class file, which is ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass``. 3016 3017 :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES` 3018 Specifies one or more files that contain custom device tables that 3019 are passed to the ``makedevs`` command as part of creating an image. 3020 These files list basic device nodes that should be created under 3021 ``/dev`` within the image. If :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES` is not set, 3022 ``files/device_table-minimal.txt`` is used, which is located by 3023 :term:`BBPATH`. For details on how you should write 3024 device table files, see ``meta/files/device_table-minimal.txt`` as an 3025 example. 3026 3027 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` 3028 The primary list of features to include in an image. Typically, you 3029 configure this variable in an image recipe. Although you can use this 3030 variable from your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the 3031 :term:`Build Directory`, best practices dictate that you do 3032 not. 3033 3034 .. note:: 3035 3036 To enable extra features from outside the image recipe, use the 3037 :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` variable. 3038 3039 For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see 3040 the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section. 3041 3042 For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this 3043 variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``" 3044 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 3045 3046 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` 3047 Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the 3048 build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting 3049 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` as follows causes the build system to create root 3050 filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``:: 3051 3052 IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2" 3053 3054 For the complete list of supported image formats from which you can 3055 choose, see :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`. 3056 3057 .. note:: 3058 3059 - If an image recipe uses the "inherit image" line and you are 3060 setting :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` inside the recipe, you must set 3061 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` prior to using the "inherit image" line. 3062 3063 - Due to the way the OpenEmbedded build system processes this 3064 variable, you cannot update its contents by using ``:append`` 3065 or ``:prepend``. You must use the ``+=`` operator to add one or 3066 more options to the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable. 3067 3068 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` 3069 Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an image 3070 through the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class. Use the 3071 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable with care to avoid ordering issues. 3072 3073 Image recipes set :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` to specify the packages to 3074 install into an image through ``image.bbclass``. Additionally, 3075 there are "helper" classes such as the 3076 :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class which can 3077 take lists used with :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` and turn them into 3078 auto-generated entries in :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` in addition to its 3079 default contents. 3080 3081 When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows:: 3082 3083 IMAGE_INSTALL:append = " package-name" 3084 3085 Be sure to include the space 3086 between the quotation character and the start of the package name or 3087 names. 3088 3089 .. note:: 3090 3091 - When working with a 3092 :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>` 3093 image, do not use the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify 3094 packages for installation. Instead, use the 3095 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable, which 3096 allows the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) recipe to use a 3097 fixed set of packages and not be affected by :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`. 3098 For information on creating an initramfs, see the 3099 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" 3100 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 3101 3102 - Using :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` with the 3103 :ref:`+= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:appending (+=) and prepending (=+) with spaces>` 3104 BitBake operator within the ``/conf/local.conf`` file or from 3105 within an image recipe is not recommended. Use of this operator 3106 in these ways can cause ordering issues. Since 3107 ``core-image.bbclass`` sets :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` to a default 3108 value using the 3109 :ref:`?= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:setting a default value (?=)>` 3110 operator, using a ``+=`` operation against :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` 3111 results in unexpected behavior when used within 3112 ``conf/local.conf``. Furthermore, the same operation from 3113 within an image recipe may or may not succeed depending on the 3114 specific situation. In both these cases, the behavior is 3115 contrary to how most users expect the ``+=`` operator to work. 3116 3117 :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` 3118 Specifies the list of locales to install into the image during the 3119 root filesystem construction process. The OpenEmbedded build system 3120 automatically splits locale files, which are used for localization, 3121 into separate packages. Setting the :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` variable 3122 ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already 3123 selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is 3124 an example:: 3125 3126 IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de" 3127 3128 In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian Portuguese 3129 and German locale files that correspond to packages in the image are 3130 installed (i.e. ``*-locale-pt-br`` and ``*-locale-de-de`` as well as 3131 ``*-locale-pt`` and ``*-locale-de``, since some software packages 3132 only provide locale files by language and not by country-specific 3133 language). 3134 3135 See the :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` 3136 variable for information on generating GLIBC locales. 3137 3138 3139 :term:`IMAGE_LINK_NAME` 3140 The name of the output image symlink (which does not include 3141 the version part as :term:`IMAGE_NAME` does). The default value 3142 is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` and :term:`MACHINE` 3143 variables:: 3144 3145 IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}" 3146 3147 3148 :term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST` 3149 The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed 3150 packages that make up the image. The file contains package 3151 information on a line-per-package basis as follows:: 3152 3153 packagename packagearch version 3154 3155 The :ref:`rootfs-postcommands <ref-classes-rootfs*>` class defines the manifest 3156 file as follows:: 3157 3158 IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${IMGDEPLOYDIR}/${IMAGE_NAME}${IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX}.manifest" 3159 3160 The location is 3161 derived using the :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` 3162 and :term:`IMAGE_NAME` variables. You can find 3163 information on how the image is created in the ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:image generation`" 3164 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 3165 3166 :term:`IMAGE_NAME` 3167 The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable 3168 is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, 3169 :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` 3170 variables:: 3171 3172 IMAGE_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 3173 3174 :term:`IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX` 3175 Suffix used for the image output filename - defaults to ``".rootfs"`` 3176 to distinguish the image file from other files created during image 3177 building; however if this suffix is redundant or not desired you can 3178 clear the value of this variable (set the value to ""). For example, 3179 this is typically cleared in initramfs image recipes. 3180 3181 :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR` 3182 Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial 3183 image size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk 3184 usage value for the image is greater than the sum of 3185 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`. The result of 3186 the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates free disk 3187 space in the image as overhead. By default, the build process uses a 3188 multiplier of 1.3 for this variable. This default value results in 3189 30% free disk space added to the image when this method is used to 3190 determine the final generated image size. You should be aware that 3191 post install scripts and the package management system uses disk 3192 space inside this overhead area. Consequently, the multiplier does 3193 not produce an image with all the theoretical free disk space. See 3194 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for information on how the build system 3195 determines the overall image size. 3196 3197 The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room 3198 to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a 3199 small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you 3200 can increase the default value. For example, the following setting 3201 gives you 50% free space added to the image:: 3202 3203 IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5" 3204 3205 Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is 3206 added to the image by using the :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` 3207 variable. 3208 3209 :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE` 3210 Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used by the 3211 OpenEmbedded build system. The variable is defined appropriately by 3212 the :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>`, 3213 :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>`, 3214 :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>`, or 3215 :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class. 3216 3217 .. note:: 3218 3219 The ``package_tar`` class is broken and is not supported. It is 3220 recommended that you do not use it. 3221 3222 The :ref:`populate_sdk_* <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` and 3223 :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` classes use the :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE` 3224 for packaging up images and SDKs. 3225 3226 You should not set the :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE` manually. Rather, the 3227 variable is set indirectly through the appropriate 3228 :ref:`package_* <ref-classes-package>` class using the 3229 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` variable. The 3230 OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type (e.g. DEB, RPM, 3231 or IPK) that appears with the variable 3232 3233 .. note:: 3234 3235 Files using the ``.tar`` format are never used as a substitute 3236 packaging format for DEB, RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image 3237 or SDK. 3238 3239 :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` 3240 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 3241 system creates the final image output files. You can specify 3242 functions separated by semicolons:: 3243 3244 IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 3245 3246 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the 3247 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 3248 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 3249 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 3250 information. 3251 3252 :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` 3253 Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build 3254 system creates the final image output files. You can specify 3255 functions separated by semicolons:: 3256 3257 IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 3258 3259 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the 3260 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 3261 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 3262 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 3263 information. 3264 3265 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` 3266 The location of the root filesystem while it is under construction 3267 (i.e. during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task). This 3268 variable is not configurable. Do not change it. 3269 3270 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT` 3271 Specifies the alignment for the output image file in Kbytes. If the 3272 size of the image is not a multiple of this value, then the size is 3273 rounded up to the nearest multiple of the value. The default value is 3274 "1". See :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for 3275 additional information. 3276 3277 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` 3278 Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. By 3279 default, this variable is set to "0". This free disk space is added 3280 to the image after the build system determines the image size as 3281 described in :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`. 3282 3283 This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a 3284 specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an 3285 image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of 3286 free disk space is available, set the variable as follows:: 3287 3288 IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880" 3289 3290 For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests 3291 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line:: 3292 3293 IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040" 3294 3295 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` 3296 Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. The OpenEmbedded 3297 build system determines the final size for the generated image using 3298 an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used for 3299 the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested 3300 additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically, 3301 the build system determines the final size of the generated image as 3302 follows:: 3303 3304 if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size: 3305 internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace 3306 else: 3307 internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace 3308 where: 3309 image-du = Returned value of the du command on the image. 3310 overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR 3311 rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE 3312 internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem size before any modifications. 3313 xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE 3314 3315 See the :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR` 3316 and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE` 3317 variables for related information. 3318 3319 :term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP` 3320 Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an 3321 example from the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class:: 3322 3323 IMAGE_TYPEDEP:live = "ext3" 3324 3325 In the previous example, the variable ensures that when "live" is 3326 listed with the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable, 3327 the OpenEmbedded build system produces an ``ext3`` image first since 3328 one of the components of the live image is an ``ext3`` formatted 3329 partition containing the root filesystem. 3330 3331 :term:`IMAGE_TYPES` 3332 Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default: 3333 3334 - btrfs 3335 - container 3336 - cpio 3337 - cpio.gz 3338 - cpio.lz4 3339 - cpio.lzma 3340 - cpio.xz 3341 - cramfs 3342 - erofs 3343 - erofs-lz4 3344 - erofs-lz4hc 3345 - ext2 3346 - ext2.bz2 3347 - ext2.gz 3348 - ext2.lzma 3349 - ext3 3350 - ext3.gz 3351 - ext4 3352 - ext4.gz 3353 - f2fs 3354 - hddimg 3355 - iso 3356 - jffs2 3357 - jffs2.sum 3358 - multiubi 3359 - squashfs 3360 - squashfs-lz4 3361 - squashfs-lzo 3362 - squashfs-xz 3363 - tar 3364 - tar.bz2 3365 - tar.gz 3366 - tar.lz4 3367 - tar.xz 3368 - tar.zst 3369 - ubi 3370 - ubifs 3371 - wic 3372 - wic.bz2 3373 - wic.gz 3374 - wic.lzma 3375 3376 For more information about these types of images, see 3377 ``meta/classes/image_types*.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. 3378 3379 :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` 3380 Version suffix that is part of the default :term:`IMAGE_NAME` and 3381 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` values. 3382 Defaults to ``"-${DATETIME}"``, however you could set this to a 3383 version string that comes from your external build environment if 3384 desired, and this suffix would then be used consistently across 3385 the build artifacts. 3386 3387 :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` 3388 When inheriting the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class directly or 3389 through the :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class, the 3390 :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` points to a temporary work area for deployed files 3391 that is set in the ``image`` class as follows:: 3392 3393 IMGDEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}-image-complete" 3394 3395 Recipes inheriting the ``image`` class should copy files to be 3396 deployed into :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR`, and the class will take care of 3397 copying them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` afterwards. 3398 3399 :term:`INC_PR` 3400 Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share a common 3401 ``include`` file. You can think of this variable as part of the 3402 recipe revision as set from within an include file. 3403 3404 Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that are used across 3405 several projects. And, within each of those recipes the revision (its 3406 :term:`PR` value) is set accordingly. In this case, when 3407 the revision of those recipes changes, the burden is on you to find 3408 all those recipes and be sure that they get changed to reflect the 3409 updated version of the recipe. In this scenario, it can get 3410 complicated when recipes that are used in many places and provide 3411 common functionality are upgraded to a new revision. 3412 3413 A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is to set the 3414 :term:`INC_PR` variable inside the ``include`` files that the recipes 3415 share and then expand the :term:`INC_PR` variable within the recipes to 3416 help define the recipe revision. 3417 3418 The following provides an example that shows how to use the 3419 :term:`INC_PR` variable given a common ``include`` file that defines the 3420 variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you 3421 can use the variable to set the :term:`PR` values in each recipe. You 3422 will notice that when you set a recipe's :term:`PR` you can provide more 3423 granular revisioning by appending values to the :term:`INC_PR` variable:: 3424 3425 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2" 3426 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1" 3427 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0" 3428 recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3" 3429 3430 The 3431 first line of the example establishes the baseline revision to be 3432 used for all recipes that use the ``include`` file. The remaining 3433 lines in the example are from individual recipes and show how the 3434 :term:`PR` value is set. 3435 3436 :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE` 3437 Specifies a space-separated list of license names (as they would 3438 appear in :term:`LICENSE`) that should be excluded 3439 from the build. Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed 3440 incompatible licenses are not built. Packages that are individually 3441 licensed with the specified incompatible licenses will be deleted. 3442 3443 .. note:: 3444 3445 This functionality is only regularly tested using the following 3446 setting:: 3447 3448 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0" 3449 3450 3451 Although you can use other settings, you might be required to 3452 remove dependencies on or provide alternatives to components that 3453 are required to produce a functional system image. 3454 3455 .. note:: 3456 3457 It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed to be 3458 used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do this, define 3459 a variable ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` with the names of the licenses 3460 that are allowed. Then define :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE` as:: 3461 3462 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}" 3463 3464 3465 This will result in :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE` containing the names of 3466 all licenses from :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` except the ones specified 3467 in ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES``, thus only allowing the latter licenses to 3468 be used. 3469 3470 :term:`INHERIT` 3471 Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. Anonymous 3472 functions in the class or classes are not executed for the base 3473 configuration and in each individual recipe. The OpenEmbedded build 3474 system ignores changes to :term:`INHERIT` in individual recipes. 3475 3476 For more information on :term:`INHERIT`, see the 3477 :ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` configuration directive`" 3478 section in the Bitbake User Manual. 3479 3480 :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO` 3481 Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is 3482 unlikely that you want to edit this variable. 3483 3484 The default value of the variable is set as follows in the 3485 ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file:: 3486 3487 INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license" 3488 3489 :term:`INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS` 3490 Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler and standard 3491 C library (libc), from being added to :term:`DEPENDS`. 3492 This variable is usually used within recipes that do not require any 3493 compilation using the C compiler. 3494 3495 Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies from 3496 being added. 3497 3498 :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` 3499 Prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting out debug 3500 information during packaging. By default, the build system splits out 3501 debugging information during the 3502 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. For more information on 3503 how debug information is split out, see the 3504 :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` 3505 variable. 3506 3507 To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information 3508 during packaging, set the :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` variable as 3509 follows:: 3510 3511 INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1" 3512 3513 :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP` 3514 If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting 3515 packages and prevents the ``-dbg`` package from containing the source 3516 files. 3517 3518 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries and puts 3519 the debugging symbols into ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-dbg``. 3520 Consequently, you should not set :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP` when you 3521 plan to debug in general. 3522 3523 :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` 3524 If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in the 3525 resulting sysroot. 3526 3527 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries in the 3528 resulting sysroot. When you specifically set the 3529 :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` variable to "1" in your recipe, you inhibit 3530 this stripping. 3531 3532 If you want to use this variable, include the 3533 :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. This class uses a 3534 ``sys_strip()`` function to test for the variable and acts 3535 accordingly. 3536 3537 .. note:: 3538 3539 Use of the :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` variable occurs in rare and 3540 special circumstances. For example, suppose you are building 3541 bare-metal firmware by using an external GCC toolchain. Furthermore, 3542 even if the toolchain's binaries are strippable, there are other files 3543 needed for the build that are not strippable. 3544 3545 :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES` 3546 Defines the format for the output image of an initial RAM filesystem 3547 (initramfs), which is used during boot. Supported formats are the 3548 same as those supported by the 3549 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable. 3550 3551 The default value of this variable, which is set in the 3552 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file in the 3553 :term:`Source Directory`, is "cpio.gz". The Linux kernel's 3554 initramfs mechanism, as opposed to the initial RAM filesystem 3555 `initrd <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Initrd>`__ mechanism, expects 3556 an optionally compressed cpio archive. 3557 3558 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` 3559 Specifies the :term:`PROVIDES` name of an image 3560 recipe that is used to build an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) 3561 image. In other words, the :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` variable causes an 3562 additional recipe to be built as a dependency to whatever root 3563 filesystem recipe you might be using (e.g. ``core-image-sato``). The 3564 initramfs image recipe you provide should set 3565 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to 3566 :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`. 3567 3568 An initramfs image provides a temporary root filesystem used for 3569 early system initialization (e.g. loading of modules needed to locate 3570 and mount the "real" root filesystem). 3571 3572 .. note:: 3573 3574 See the ``meta/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb`` 3575 recipe in the :term:`Source Directory` 3576 for an example initramfs recipe. To select this sample recipe as 3577 the one built to provide the initramfs image, set :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` 3578 to "core-image-minimal-initramfs". 3579 3580 You can also find more information by referencing the 3581 ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in 3582 the Source Directory, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class, 3583 and the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class to see how to use 3584 the :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` variable. 3585 3586 If :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is empty, which is the default, then no 3587 initramfs image is built. 3588 3589 For more information, you can also see the 3590 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` 3591 variable, which allows the generated image to be bundled inside the 3592 kernel image. Additionally, for information on creating an initramfs 3593 image, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section 3594 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 3595 3596 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` 3597 Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by 3598 :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is run through an 3599 extra pass 3600 (:ref:`ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs`) during 3601 kernel compilation in order to build a single binary that contains 3602 both the kernel image and the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) 3603 image. This makes use of the 3604 :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` kernel 3605 feature. 3606 3607 .. note:: 3608 3609 Bundling the initramfs with the kernel conflates the code in the 3610 initramfs with the GPLv2 licensed Linux kernel binary. Thus only GPLv2 3611 compatible software may be part of a bundled initramfs. 3612 3613 .. note:: 3614 3615 Using an extra compilation pass to bundle the initramfs avoids a 3616 circular dependency between the kernel recipe and the initramfs 3617 recipe should the initramfs include kernel modules. Should that be 3618 the case, the initramfs recipe depends on the kernel for the 3619 kernel modules, and the kernel depends on the initramfs recipe 3620 since the initramfs is bundled inside the kernel image. 3621 3622 The combined binary is deposited into the ``tmp/deploy`` directory, 3623 which is part of the :term:`Build Directory`. 3624 3625 Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the 3626 OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the 3627 initramfs specified in :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` bundled within:: 3628 3629 INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1" 3630 3631 By default, the 3632 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class sets this variable to a 3633 null string as follows:: 3634 3635 INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= "" 3636 3637 .. note:: 3638 3639 You must set the :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` variable in a 3640 configuration file. You cannot set the variable in a recipe file. 3641 3642 See the 3643 :yocto_git:`local.conf.sample.extended </poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended>` 3644 file for additional information. Also, for information on creating an 3645 initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section 3646 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 3647 3648 :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME` 3649 The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is 3650 set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as 3651 follows:: 3652 3653 INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 3654 3655 The value of the 3656 ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same 3657 file, has the following value:: 3658 3659 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 3660 3661 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional 3662 information. 3663 3664 :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME` 3665 The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is 3666 set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as 3667 follows:: 3668 3669 INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 3670 3671 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 3672 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 3673 3674 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 3675 3676 :term:`INITRD` 3677 Indicates list of filesystem images to concatenate and use as an 3678 initial RAM disk (``initrd``). 3679 3680 The :term:`INITRD` variable is an optional variable used with the 3681 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class. 3682 3683 :term:`INITRD_IMAGE` 3684 When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when 3685 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains "live"), 3686 :term:`INITRD_IMAGE` specifies the image recipe that should be built to 3687 provide the initial RAM disk image. The default value is 3688 "core-image-minimal-initramfs". 3689 3690 See the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class for more 3691 information. 3692 3693 :term:`INITSCRIPT_NAME` 3694 The filename of the initialization script as installed to 3695 ``${sysconfdir}/init.d``. 3696 3697 This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``. 3698 The variable is mandatory. 3699 3700 :term:`INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES` 3701 A list of the packages that contain initscripts. If multiple packages 3702 are specified, you need to append the package name to the other 3703 ``INITSCRIPT_*`` as an override. 3704 3705 This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``. 3706 The variable is optional and defaults to the :term:`PN` 3707 variable. 3708 3709 :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS` 3710 Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example:: 3711 3712 INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ." 3713 3714 In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, starts the script 3715 in initlevels 2 and 5, and stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6. 3716 3717 The variable's default value is "defaults", which is set in the 3718 :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class. 3719 3720 The value in :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS` is passed through to the 3721 ``update-rc.d`` command. For more information on valid parameters, 3722 please see the ``update-rc.d`` manual page at 3723 https://manpages.debian.org/buster/init-system-helpers/update-rc.d.8.en.html 3724 3725 :term:`INSANE_SKIP` 3726 Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package within a 3727 recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so`` 3728 files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the 3729 recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example 3730 is ``${PN}``:: 3731 3732 INSANE_SKIP:${PN} += "dev-so" 3733 3734 See the ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section for a 3735 list of the valid QA checks you can specify using this variable. 3736 3737 :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE` 3738 By default, the ``tzdata`` recipe packages an ``/etc/timezone`` file. 3739 Set the :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE` variable to "0" at the 3740 configuration level to disable this behavior. 3741 3742 :term:`IPK_FEED_URIS` 3743 When the IPK backend is in use and package management is enabled on 3744 the target, you can use this variable to set up ``opkg`` in the 3745 target image to point to package feeds on a nominated server. Once 3746 the feed is established, you can perform installations or upgrades 3747 using the package manager at runtime. 3748 3749 :term:`KARCH` 3750 Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the 3751 configuration. Architectures supported for this release are: 3752 3753 - powerpc 3754 - i386 3755 - x86_64 3756 - arm 3757 - qemu 3758 - mips 3759 3760 You define the :term:`KARCH` variable in the :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`. 3761 3762 :term:`KBRANCH` 3763 A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly identify 3764 the kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during a 3765 build. You must set this variable to ensure the exact kernel branch 3766 you want is being used by the build process. 3767 3768 Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe file and the 3769 kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the 3770 ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the 3771 ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. :term:`KBRANCH` 3772 is set as follows in that kernel recipe file:: 3773 3774 KBRANCH ?= "standard/base" 3775 3776 This variable is also used from the kernel's append file to identify 3777 the kernel branch specific to a particular machine or target 3778 hardware. Continuing with the previous kernel example, the kernel's 3779 append file (i.e. ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``) is located in the 3780 BSP layer for a given machine. For example, the append file for the 3781 Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA 3782 machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named 3783 ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``. 3784 Here are the related statements from that append file:: 3785 3786 KBRANCH:genericx86 = "standard/base" 3787 KBRANCH:genericx86-64 = "standard/base" 3788 KBRANCH:edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter" 3789 KBRANCH:beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone" 3790 3791 The :term:`KBRANCH` statements 3792 identify the kernel branch to use when building for each supported 3793 BSP. 3794 3795 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` 3796 When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` 3797 class, specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file for use 3798 during a kernel build. 3799 3800 Typically, when using a ``defconfig`` to configure a kernel during a 3801 build, you place the file in your layer in the same manner as you 3802 would place patch files and configuration fragment files (i.e. 3803 "out-of-tree"). However, if you want to use a ``defconfig`` file that 3804 is part of the kernel tree (i.e. "in-tree"), you can use the 3805 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable and append the 3806 :term:`KMACHINE` variable to point to the 3807 ``defconfig`` file. 3808 3809 To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe 3810 using the following form:: 3811 3812 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file 3813 3814 Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" :term:`KMACHINE` build that uses 3815 a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig":: 3816 3817 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG:raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig" 3818 3819 As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file:: 3820 3821 KBUILD_DEFCONFIG:pn-linux-yocto ?= "defconfig_file" 3822 3823 For more 3824 information on how to use the :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable, see the 3825 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:using an "in-tree" \`\`defconfig\`\` file`" 3826 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. 3827 3828 :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` 3829 When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` 3830 class, specifies the kernel configuration values to use for options 3831 not specified in the provided ``defconfig`` file. Valid options are:: 3832 3833 KCONFIG_MODE = "alldefconfig" 3834 KCONFIG_MODE = "allnoconfig" 3835 3836 In ``alldefconfig`` mode the options not explicitly specified will be 3837 assigned their Kconfig default value. In ``allnoconfig`` mode the 3838 options not explicitly specified will be disabled in the kernel 3839 config. 3840 3841 In case :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` is not set the behaviour will depend on where 3842 the ``defconfig`` file is coming from. An "in-tree" ``defconfig`` file 3843 will be handled in ``alldefconfig`` mode, a ``defconfig`` file placed 3844 in ``${WORKDIR}`` through a meta-layer will be handled in 3845 ``allnoconfig`` mode. 3846 3847 An "in-tree" ``defconfig`` file can be selected via the 3848 :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable. :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` does not need to 3849 be explicitly set. 3850 3851 A ``defconfig`` file compatible with ``allnoconfig`` mode can be 3852 generated by copying the ``.config`` file from a working Linux kernel 3853 build, renaming it to ``defconfig`` and placing it into the Linux 3854 kernel ``${WORKDIR}`` through your meta-layer. :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` does 3855 not need to be explicitly set. 3856 3857 A ``defconfig`` file compatible with ``alldefconfig`` mode can be 3858 generated using the 3859 :ref:`ref-tasks-savedefconfig` 3860 task and placed into the Linux kernel ``${WORKDIR}`` through your 3861 meta-layer. Explicitely set :term:`KCONFIG_MODE`:: 3862 3863 KCONFIG_MODE = "alldefconfig" 3864 3865 3866 :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE` 3867 Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation in addition to 3868 the kernel image type specified using the 3869 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable. 3870 3871 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 3872 Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts. You can change the 3873 name of the artifacts by changing the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 3874 variable. 3875 3876 The value of :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`, which is set in the 3877 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the 3878 following default value:: 3879 3880 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 3881 3882 See the :term:`PKGE`, :term:`PKGV`, :term:`PKGR`, :term:`MACHINE` 3883 and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` variables for additional information. 3884 3885 :term:`KERNEL_CLASSES` 3886 A list of classes defining kernel image types that the 3887 :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class should inherit. You 3888 typically append this variable to enable extended image types. An 3889 example is the "kernel-fitimage", which enables fitImage support and 3890 resides in ``meta/classes/kernel-fitimage.bbclass``. You can register 3891 custom kernel image types with the ``kernel`` class using this 3892 variable. 3893 3894 :term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE` 3895 Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree (i.e. 3896 the ``.dtb``) file. 3897 3898 .. note:: 3899 3900 There is legacy support for specifying the full path to the device 3901 tree. However, providing just the ``.dtb`` file is preferred. 3902 3903 In order to use this variable, the 3904 :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must 3905 be inherited. 3906 3907 :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME` 3908 The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable 3909 is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as 3910 follows:: 3911 3912 KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 3913 3914 The 3915 value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in 3916 the same file, has the following value:: 3917 3918 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 3919 3920 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional 3921 information. 3922 3923 :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME` 3924 The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable 3925 is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as 3926 follows:: 3927 3928 KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 3929 3930 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 3931 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 3932 3933 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 3934 3935 :term:`KERNEL_DTC_FLAGS` 3936 Specifies the ``dtc`` flags that are passed to the Linux kernel build 3937 system when generating the device trees (via ``DTC_FLAGS`` environment 3938 variable). 3939 3940 In order to use this variable, the 3941 :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must 3942 be inherited. 3943 3944 :term:`KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS` 3945 Specifies additional ``make`` command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded 3946 build system passes on when compiling the kernel. 3947 3948 :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES` 3949 Includes additional kernel metadata. In the OpenEmbedded build 3950 system, the default Board Support Packages (BSPs) 3951 :term:`Metadata` is provided through the 3952 :term:`KMACHINE` and :term:`KBRANCH` 3953 variables. You can use the :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES` variable from within 3954 the kernel recipe or kernel append file to further add metadata for 3955 all BSPs or specific BSPs. 3956 3957 The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments 3958 and features descriptions, which usually includes patches as well as 3959 config fragments. You typically override the :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES` 3960 variable for a specific machine. In this way, you can provide 3961 validated, but optional, sets of kernel configurations and features. 3962 3963 For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12`` 3964 kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs 3965 as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two 3966 statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types:: 3967 3968 KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc" 3969 KERNEL_FEATURES:append = "${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}" 3970 KERNEL_FEATURES:append:qemuall = "cfg/virtio.scc" 3971 KERNEL_FEATURES:append:qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc" 3972 KERNEL_FEATURES:append:qemux86-64 = "cfg/sound.scc" 3973 3974 :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME` 3975 The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This 3976 variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` 3977 file as follows:: 3978 3979 KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 3980 3981 The value of the 3982 ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same 3983 file, has the following value:: 3984 3985 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 3986 3987 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional 3988 information. 3989 3990 :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME` 3991 The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This 3992 variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` 3993 file as follows:: 3994 3995 KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 3996 3997 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` 3998 variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 3999 4000 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 4001 4002 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME` 4003 The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the 4004 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: 4005 4006 KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 4007 4008 The value of 4009 the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same 4010 file, has the following value:: 4011 4012 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 4013 4014 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional 4015 information. 4016 4017 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` 4018 Specifies the maximum size of the kernel image file in kilobytes. If 4019 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` is set, the size of the kernel image file is 4020 checked against the set value during the 4021 :ref:`ref-tasks-sizecheck` task. The task fails if 4022 the kernel image file is larger than the setting. 4023 4024 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` is useful for target devices that have a 4025 limited amount of space in which the kernel image must be stored. 4026 4027 By default, this variable is not set, which means the size of the 4028 kernel image is not checked. 4029 4030 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME` 4031 The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the 4032 ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: 4033 4034 KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 4035 4036 The value of the 4037 :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, 4038 which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 4039 4040 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 4041 4042 :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` 4043 The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the machine 4044 configuration files and defaults to "zImage". This variable is used 4045 when building the kernel and is passed to ``make`` as the target to 4046 build. 4047 4048 If you want to build an alternate kernel image type in addition to that 4049 specified by :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`, use the :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE` 4050 variable. 4051 4052 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` 4053 Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot. 4054 4055 .. note:: 4056 4057 This variable replaces the deprecated :term:`module_autoload` 4058 variable. 4059 4060 You can use the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable anywhere that it 4061 can be recognized by the kernel recipe or by an out-of-tree kernel 4062 module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution 4063 configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe 4064 itself). 4065 4066 Specify it as follows:: 4067 4068 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3" 4069 4070 Including :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` causes the OpenEmbedded build 4071 system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with 4072 the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear 4073 one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use 4074 case:: 4075 4076 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name" 4077 4078 For information on how to populate the ``modname.conf`` file with 4079 ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` variable. 4080 4081 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` 4082 Provides a list of modules for which the OpenEmbedded build system 4083 expects to find ``module_conf_``\ modname values that specify 4084 configuration for each of the modules. For information on how to 4085 provide those module configurations, see the 4086 :term:`module_conf_* <module_conf>` variable. 4087 4088 :term:`KERNEL_PATH` 4089 The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value 4090 of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within 4091 the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on 4092 how this variable is used, see the 4093 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`" 4094 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. 4095 4096 To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build 4097 modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the 4098 :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable, which is identical to 4099 the :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable. Both variables are common variables 4100 used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory. 4101 4102 :term:`KERNEL_SRC` 4103 The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value 4104 of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within 4105 the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on 4106 how this variable is used, see the 4107 ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`" 4108 section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual. 4109 4110 To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build 4111 modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the 4112 :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable, which is identical 4113 to the :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable. Both variables are common variables 4114 used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory. 4115 4116 :term:`KERNEL_VERSION` 4117 Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from ``version.h`` 4118 or ``utsrelease.h`` within the kernel sources. Effects of setting 4119 this variable do not take affect until the kernel has been 4120 configured. Consequently, attempting to refer to this variable in 4121 contexts prior to configuration will not work. 4122 4123 :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` 4124 Specifies whether the data referenced through 4125 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` is needed or not. 4126 :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` does not control whether or not that data 4127 exists, but simply whether or not it is used. If you do not need to 4128 use the data, set the :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` variable in your 4129 ``initramfs`` recipe. Setting the variable there when the data is not 4130 needed avoids a potential dependency loop. 4131 4132 :term:`KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION` 4133 Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use 4134 this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration 4135 fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc`` 4136 to describe SMP being enabled:: 4137 4138 define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP" 4139 4140 :term:`KMACHINE` 4141 The machine as known by the kernel. Sometimes the machine name used 4142 by the kernel does not match the machine name used by the 4143 OpenEmbedded build system. For example, the machine name that the 4144 OpenEmbedded build system understands as ``core2-32-intel-common`` 4145 goes by a different name in the Linux Yocto kernel. The kernel 4146 understands that machine as ``intel-core2-32``. For cases like these, 4147 the :term:`KMACHINE` variable maps the kernel machine name to the 4148 OpenEmbedded build system machine name. 4149 4150 These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux 4151 Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the 4152 ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file:: 4153 4154 LINUX_VERSION:core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0" 4155 COMPATIBLE_MACHINE:core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}" 4156 SRCREV_meta:core2-32-intel-common = "8897ef68b30e7426bc1d39895e71fb155d694974" 4157 SRCREV_machine:core2-32-intel-common = "43b9eced9ba8a57add36af07736344dcc383f711" 4158 KMACHINE:core2-32-intel-common = "intel-core2-32" 4159 KBRANCH:core2-32-intel-common = "standard/base" 4160 KERNEL_FEATURES:append:core2-32-intel-common = "${KERNEL_FEATURES_INTEL_COMMON}" 4161 4162 The :term:`KMACHINE` statement says 4163 that the kernel understands the machine name as "intel-core2-32". 4164 However, the OpenEmbedded build system understands the machine as 4165 "core2-32-intel-common". 4166 4167 :term:`KTYPE` 4168 Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. 4169 The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt" 4170 kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`" 4171 section in the 4172 Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on 4173 kernel types. 4174 4175 You define the :term:`KTYPE` variable in the 4176 :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`. The 4177 value you use must match the value used for the 4178 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` value used by the 4179 kernel recipe. 4180 4181 :term:`LABELS` 4182 Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration. 4183 4184 See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more 4185 information on how this variable is used. 4186 4187 :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` 4188 Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends. 4189 Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency 4190 by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example:: 4191 4192 LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" 4193 4194 In this previous example, 4195 version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared against 4196 :term:`LAYERVERSION`\ ``_anotherlayer``. 4197 4198 An error is produced if any dependency is missing or the version 4199 numbers (if specified) do not match exactly. This variable is used in 4200 the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the name of 4201 the specific layer (e.g. ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``). 4202 4203 :term:`LAYERDIR` 4204 When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable 4205 provides the path of the current layer. This variable is not 4206 available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references are expanded 4207 immediately when parsing of the file completes. 4208 4209 :term:`LAYERRECOMMENDS` 4210 Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for use with this 4211 layer. 4212 4213 Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a 4214 recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name. 4215 Here is an example:: 4216 4217 LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)" 4218 4219 In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared 4220 against ``LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer``. 4221 4222 This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be 4223 suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. 4224 ``LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer``). 4225 4226 :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` 4227 Lists the versions of the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` for which 4228 a layer is compatible. Using the :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` variable 4229 allows the layer maintainer to indicate which combinations of the 4230 layer and OE-Core can be expected to work. The variable gives the 4231 system a way to detect when a layer has not been tested with new 4232 releases of OE-Core (e.g. the layer is not maintained). 4233 4234 To specify the OE-Core versions for which a layer is compatible, use 4235 this variable in your layer's ``conf/layer.conf`` configuration file. 4236 For the list, use the Yocto Project 4237 :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </Releases>` (e.g. 4238 &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the 4239 layer, use a space-separated list:: 4240 4241 LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE;" 4242 4243 .. note:: 4244 4245 Setting :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` is required by the Yocto Project 4246 Compatible version 2 standard. 4247 The OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning if the variable 4248 is not set for any given layer. 4249 4250 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating your own layer`" 4251 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4252 4253 :term:`LAYERVERSION` 4254 Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. You 4255 can use this within :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` for 4256 another layer in order to depend on a specific version of the layer. 4257 This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be 4258 suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g. 4259 ``LAYERVERSION_mylayer``). 4260 4261 :term:`LD` 4262 The minimal command and arguments used to run the linker. 4263 4264 :term:`LDFLAGS` 4265 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker. This variable is exported 4266 to an environment variable and thus made visible to the software 4267 being built during the compilation step. 4268 4269 Default initialization for :term:`LDFLAGS` varies depending on what is 4270 being built: 4271 4272 - :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` when building for the 4273 target 4274 4275 - :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` when building for the 4276 build host (i.e. ``-native``) 4277 4278 - :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` when building for 4279 an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``) 4280 4281 :term:`LEAD_SONAME` 4282 Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file (i.e. ``.so``) 4283 that the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class applies its 4284 naming policy to given a recipe that packages multiple libraries. 4285 4286 This variable works in conjunction with the ``debian`` class. 4287 4288 :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` 4289 Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code. 4290 4291 This variable tracks changes in license text of the source code 4292 files. If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build 4293 failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any 4294 license change. 4295 4296 This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless 4297 :term:`LICENSE` is set to "CLOSED"). 4298 4299 For more information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:tracking license changes`" 4300 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4301 4302 :term:`LICENSE` 4303 The list of source licenses for the recipe. Follow these rules: 4304 4305 - Do not use spaces within individual license names. 4306 4307 - Separate license names using \| (pipe) when there is a choice 4308 between licenses. 4309 4310 - Separate license names using & (ampersand) when there are 4311 multiple licenses for different parts of the source. 4312 4313 - You can use spaces between license names. 4314 4315 - For standard licenses, use the names of the files in 4316 ``meta/files/common-licenses/`` or the 4317 :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in 4318 ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``. 4319 4320 Here are some examples:: 4321 4322 LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3" 4323 LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1" 4324 LICENSE = "GPLv2+" 4325 4326 The first example is from the 4327 recipes for Qt, which the user may choose to distribute under either 4328 the LGPL version 2.1 or GPL version 3. The second example is from 4329 Cairo where two licenses cover different parts of the source code. 4330 The final example is from ``sysstat``, which presents a single 4331 license. 4332 4333 You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to handle 4334 situations where components of the output have different licenses. 4335 For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2 4336 but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free 4337 Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows:: 4338 4339 LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2" 4340 LICENSE:${PN} = "GPLv2" 4341 LICENSE:${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2" 4342 4343 :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` 4344 Setting :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` to "1" causes the OpenEmbedded 4345 build system to create an extra package (i.e. 4346 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-lic``) for each recipe and to add 4347 those packages to the 4348 :term:`RRECOMMENDS`\ ``:${PN}``. 4349 4350 The ``${PN}-lic`` package installs a directory in 4351 ``/usr/share/licenses`` named ``${PN}``, which is the recipe's base 4352 name, and installs files in that directory that contain license and 4353 copyright information (i.e. copies of the appropriate license files 4354 from ``meta/common-licenses`` that match the licenses specified in 4355 the :term:`LICENSE` variable of the recipe metadata 4356 and copies of files marked in 4357 :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` as containing 4358 license text). 4359 4360 For related information on providing license text, see the 4361 :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` variable, the 4362 :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, and the 4363 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`" 4364 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4365 4366 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` 4367 Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must whitelist through 4368 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` in 4369 order to allow the recipe to be built. When providing multiple flags, 4370 separate them with spaces. 4371 4372 This value is independent of :term:`LICENSE` and is 4373 typically used to mark recipes that might require additional licenses 4374 in order to be used in a commercial product. For more information, 4375 see the 4376 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`" 4377 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4378 4379 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` 4380 Lists license flags that when specified in 4381 :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` within a recipe should not 4382 prevent that recipe from being built. This practice is otherwise 4383 known as "whitelisting" license flags. For more information, see the 4384 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`" 4385 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4386 4387 :term:`LICENSE_PATH` 4388 Path to additional licenses used during the build. By default, the 4389 OpenEmbedded build system uses :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` to define the 4390 directory that holds common license text used during the build. The 4391 :term:`LICENSE_PATH` variable allows you to extend that location to other 4392 areas that have additional licenses:: 4393 4394 LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses" 4395 4396 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` 4397 Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. 4398 The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt" 4399 kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`" 4400 section in the 4401 Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on 4402 kernel types. 4403 4404 If you do not specify a :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`, it defaults to 4405 "standard". Together with :term:`KMACHINE`, the 4406 :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` variable defines the search arguments used by 4407 the kernel tools to find the appropriate description within the 4408 kernel :term:`Metadata` with which to build out the sources 4409 and configuration. 4410 4411 :term:`LINUX_VERSION` 4412 The Linux version from ``kernel.org`` on which the Linux kernel image 4413 being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define 4414 this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the 4415 ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in 4416 ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows:: 4417 4418 LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24" 4419 4420 The :term:`LINUX_VERSION` variable is used to define :term:`PV` 4421 for the recipe:: 4422 4423 PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}" 4424 4425 :term:`LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION` 4426 A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux 4427 kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this 4428 variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel 4429 recipes all define the variable as follows:: 4430 4431 LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}" 4432 4433 Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel 4434 configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through 4435 the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension 4436 assuming it was set as previously shown:: 4437 4438 $ uname -r 4439 3.7.0-rc8-custom 4440 4441 :term:`LOG_DIR` 4442 Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build system writes 4443 overall log files. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/log``. 4444 4445 For the directory containing logs specific to each task, see the 4446 :term:`T` variable. 4447 4448 :term:`MACHINE` 4449 Specifies the target device for which the image is built. You define 4450 :term:`MACHINE` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the 4451 :term:`Build Directory`. By default, :term:`MACHINE` is set to 4452 "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated 4453 using QEMU:: 4454 4455 MACHINE ?= "qemux86" 4456 4457 The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the same 4458 name, through which machine-specific configurations are set. Thus, 4459 when :term:`MACHINE` is set to "qemux86", the corresponding 4460 ``qemux86.conf`` machine configuration file can be found in 4461 the :term:`Source Directory` in 4462 ``meta/conf/machine``. 4463 4464 The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped 4465 include the following:: 4466 4467 MACHINE ?= "qemuarm" 4468 MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64" 4469 MACHINE ?= "qemumips" 4470 MACHINE ?= "qemumips64" 4471 MACHINE ?= "qemuppc" 4472 MACHINE ?= "qemux86" 4473 MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64" 4474 MACHINE ?= "genericx86" 4475 MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64" 4476 MACHINE ?= "beaglebone" 4477 MACHINE ?= "edgerouter" 4478 4479 The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware 4480 boards, which are provided in the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer. 4481 4482 .. note:: 4483 4484 Adding additional Board Support Package (BSP) layers to your 4485 configuration adds new possible settings for :term:`MACHINE`. 4486 4487 :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` 4488 Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. This 4489 variable is set automatically from :term:`MACHINE` or 4490 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`. You should not hand-edit 4491 the :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` variable. 4492 4493 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 4494 A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of 4495 the image being built. The build process depends on these packages 4496 being present. Furthermore, because this is a "machine-essential" 4497 variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot. 4498 The impact of this variable affects images based on 4499 ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal`` 4500 image. 4501 4502 This variable is similar to the 4503 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` variable with the exception 4504 that the image being built has a build dependency on the variable's 4505 list of packages. In other words, the image will not build if a file 4506 in this list is not found. 4507 4508 As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building 4509 requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the 4510 hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's 4511 ``.conf`` configuration file:: 4512 4513 MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init" 4514 4515 :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` 4516 A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of 4517 the image being built. The build process does not depend on these 4518 packages being present. However, because this is a 4519 "machine-essential" variable, the list of packages are essential for 4520 the machine to boot. The impact of this variable affects images based 4521 on ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal`` 4522 image. 4523 4524 This variable is similar to the :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 4525 variable with the exception that the image being built does not have 4526 a build dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other 4527 words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not 4528 found. Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel 4529 modules, whose functionality may be selected to be built into the 4530 kernel rather than as a module, in which case a package will not be 4531 produced. 4532 4533 Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific 4534 touchscreen driver is required for the machine to be usable. However, 4535 the driver can be built as a module or into the kernel depending on 4536 the kernel configuration. If the driver is built as a module, you 4537 want it to be installed. But, when the driver is built into the 4538 kernel, you still want the build to succeed. This variable sets up a 4539 "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will 4540 not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the 4541 package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would 4542 use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file:: 4543 4544 MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123" 4545 4546 .. note:: 4547 4548 In this example, the ``kernel-module-ab123`` recipe needs to 4549 explicitly set its :term:`PACKAGES` variable to ensure that BitBake 4550 does not use the kernel recipe's :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable to 4551 satisfy the dependency. 4552 4553 Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen, 4554 keyboard, mouse, or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine). 4555 4556 :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` 4557 A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image 4558 being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However, 4559 the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the 4560 packages being present. 4561 4562 This variable affects all images based on ``packagegroup-base``, 4563 which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or 4564 ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images. 4565 4566 The variable is similar to the :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` variable 4567 with the exception that the image being built has a build dependency 4568 on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the image will 4569 not build if a file in this list is not found. 4570 4571 An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential 4572 for the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a 4573 more fully-featured image, you want to enable the WiFi. The package 4574 containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always expected to 4575 exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon 4576 finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the 4577 firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the 4578 following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:: 4579 4580 MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware" 4581 4582 :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` 4583 A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image 4584 being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image 4585 being built has no build dependency on this list of packages. 4586 4587 This variable affects only images based on ``packagegroup-base``, 4588 which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or 4589 ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images. 4590 4591 This variable is similar to the :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` variable 4592 with the exception that the image being built does not have a build 4593 dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the 4594 image will build if a file in this list is not found. 4595 4596 An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential 4597 For the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a 4598 more fully-featured image, you want to enable WiFi. In this case, the 4599 package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced if the 4600 WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want 4601 the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package 4602 not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the 4603 module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the 4604 following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:: 4605 4606 MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi" 4607 4608 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` 4609 Specifies the list of hardware features the 4610 :term:`MACHINE` is capable of supporting. For related 4611 information on enabling features, see the 4612 :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`, 4613 :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`, and 4614 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variables. 4615 4616 For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto Project as 4617 shipped, see the ":ref:`ref-features-machine`" section. 4618 4619 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL` 4620 Features to be added to :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` if not also present in 4621 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`. 4622 4623 This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is 4624 not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference 4625 the variable to see which machine features are being backfilled for 4626 all machine configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" 4627 section for more information. 4628 4629 :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED` 4630 Features from :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL` that should not be 4631 backfilled (i.e. added to :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`) during the build. See 4632 the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information. 4633 4634 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` 4635 A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the current 4636 machine. By default, this list includes the value of 4637 :term:`MACHINE`. 4638 4639 You can extend :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` to add extra overrides that 4640 should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU 4641 (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named 4642 ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following 4643 override to :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`:: 4644 4645 MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:" 4646 4647 This 4648 override allows variables to be overridden for all machines emulated 4649 in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf`` 4650 recipe:: 4651 4652 SRC_URI:append:qemuall = " file://wired.config \ 4653 file://wired-setup \ 4654 " 4655 4656 The underlying mechanism behind 4657 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` is simply that it is included in the default 4658 value of :term:`OVERRIDES`. 4659 4660 :term:`MAINTAINER` 4661 The email address of the distribution maintainer. 4662 4663 :term:`METADATA_BRANCH` 4664 The branch currently checked out for the OpenEmbedded-Core layer (path 4665 determined by :term:`COREBASE`). 4666 4667 :term:`METADATA_REVISION` 4668 The revision currently checked out for the OpenEmbedded-Core layer (path 4669 determined by :term:`COREBASE`). 4670 4671 :term:`MIRRORS` 4672 Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system 4673 gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it 4674 first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the 4675 build system tries locations defined by 4676 :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream source, and then 4677 locations specified by :term:`MIRRORS` in that order. 4678 4679 Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky", 4680 the default value for :term:`MIRRORS` is defined in the 4681 ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository. 4682 4683 :term:`MLPREFIX` 4684 Specifies a prefix has been added to :term:`PN` to create a 4685 special version of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version). The 4686 variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be added to or 4687 removed from a the name (e.g. the :term:`BPN` variable). 4688 :term:`MLPREFIX` gets set when a prefix has been added to :term:`PN`. 4689 4690 .. note:: 4691 4692 The "ML" in :term:`MLPREFIX` stands for "MultiLib". This representation is 4693 historical and comes from a time when ``nativesdk`` was a suffix 4694 rather than a prefix on the recipe name. When ``nativesdk`` was turned 4695 into a prefix, it made sense to set :term:`MLPREFIX` for it as well. 4696 4697 To help understand when :term:`MLPREFIX` might be needed, consider when 4698 :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` is used to provide a 4699 ``nativesdk`` version of a recipe in addition to the target version. 4700 If that recipe declares build-time dependencies on tasks in other 4701 recipes by using :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on 4702 "foo" will automatically get rewritten to a dependency on 4703 "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like the following will not 4704 get rewritten automatically:: 4705 4706 do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo" 4707 4708 If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the 4709 following:: 4710 4711 do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo" 4712 4713 :term:`module_autoload` 4714 This variable has been replaced by the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` 4715 variable. You should replace all occurrences of :term:`module_autoload` 4716 with additions to :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`, for example:: 4717 4718 module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm" 4719 4720 should now be replaced with:: 4721 4722 KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm" 4723 4724 See the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable for more information. 4725 4726 :term:`module_conf` 4727 Specifies `modprobe.d <https://linux.die.net/man/5/modprobe.d>`_ 4728 syntax lines for inclusion in the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` 4729 file. 4730 4731 You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the 4732 kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine 4733 configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file 4734 for the recipe, or the recipe itself). If you use this variable, you 4735 must also be sure to list the module name in the 4736 :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` 4737 variable. 4738 4739 Here is the general syntax:: 4740 4741 module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax" 4742 4743 You must use the kernel module name override. 4744 4745 Run ``man modprobe.d`` in the shell to find out more information on 4746 the exact syntax you want to provide with :term:`module_conf`. 4747 4748 Including :term:`module_conf` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to 4749 populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with 4750 ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options 4751 ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``:: 4752 4753 module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2" 4754 4755 For information on how to specify kernel modules to auto-load on 4756 boot, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable. 4757 4758 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY` 4759 Controls creation of the ``modules-*.tgz`` file. Set this variable to 4760 "0" to disable creation of this file, which contains all of the 4761 kernel modules resulting from a kernel build. 4762 4763 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME` 4764 The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in 4765 the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: 4766 4767 MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}" 4768 4769 The value 4770 of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the 4771 same file, has the following value:: 4772 4773 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}" 4774 4775 See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional information. 4776 4777 :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME` 4778 The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in 4779 the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:: 4780 4781 MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}" 4782 4783 The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable, 4784 which is set in the same file, has the following value:: 4785 4786 KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" 4787 4788 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS` 4789 Uniquely identifies the type of the target system for which packages 4790 are being built. This variable allows output for different types of 4791 target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same 4792 output directory. 4793 4794 The default value of this variable is:: 4795 4796 ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS} 4797 4798 Some classes (e.g. 4799 :ref:`cross-canadian <ref-classes-cross-canadian>`) modify the 4800 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS` value. 4801 4802 See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. See the 4803 :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` variable for more information. 4804 4805 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` 4806 A string identifying the host distribution. Strings consist of the 4807 host distributor ID followed by the release, as reported by the 4808 ``lsb_release`` tool or as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. For 4809 example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value is 4810 "Ubuntu-12.10". If this information is unable to be determined, the 4811 value resolves to "Unknown". 4812 4813 This variable is used by default to isolate native shared state 4814 packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid problems with 4815 ``glibc`` version incompatibilities). Additionally, the variable is 4816 checked against 4817 :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` if that 4818 variable is set. 4819 4820 :term:`NM` 4821 The minimal command and arguments to run ``nm``. 4822 4823 :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` 4824 Avoids QA errors when you use a non-common, non-CLOSED license in a 4825 recipe. There are packages, such as the linux-firmware package, with many 4826 licenses that are not in any way common. Also, new licenses are added 4827 occasionally to avoid introducing a lot of common license files, 4828 which are only applicable to a specific package. 4829 :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` is used to allow copying a license that does 4830 not exist in common licenses. 4831 4832 The following example shows how to add :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` to a 4833 recipe:: 4834 4835 NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source" 4836 4837 Here is an example that 4838 uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched 4839 source:: 4840 4841 NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt" 4842 4843 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` 4844 Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages. 4845 Recommended-only packages are packages installed only through the 4846 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable). Setting the 4847 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` variable to "1" turns this feature on:: 4848 4849 NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1" 4850 4851 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you 4852 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name 4853 override:: 4854 4855 NO_RECOMMENDATIONS:pn-target_image = "1" 4856 4857 It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages 4858 using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them 4859 (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS` 4860 variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and 4861 will install the packages to avoid dependency errors. 4862 4863 .. note:: 4864 4865 Some recommended packages might be required for certain system 4866 functionality, such as kernel modules. It is up to you to add 4867 packages with the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable. 4868 4869 This variable is only supported when using the IPK and RPM 4870 packaging backends. DEB is not supported. 4871 4872 See the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` and 4873 the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for 4874 related information. 4875 4876 :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG` 4877 Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe 4878 requires ``FILES:${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the 4879 :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG` can be defined allowing you to define the 4880 content of the debug package. For example:: 4881 4882 NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1" 4883 FILES:${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*" 4884 FILES:${PN}-dbg = "/usr/src/debug/" 4885 FILES:${QT_BASE_NAME}-demos-doc = "${docdir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/qch/qt.qch" 4886 4887 :term:`NON_MULTILIB_RECIPES` 4888 A list of recipes that should not be built for multilib. OE-Core's 4889 ``multilib.conf`` file defines a reasonable starting point for this 4890 list with:: 4891 4892 NON_MULTILIB_RECIPES = "grub grub-efi make-mod-scripts ovmf u-boot" 4893 4894 :term:`OBJCOPY` 4895 The minimal command and arguments to run ``objcopy``. 4896 4897 :term:`OBJDUMP` 4898 The minimal command and arguments to run ``objdump``. 4899 4900 :term:`OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE` 4901 When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class, 4902 this variable specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed" 4903 command. The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts 4904 that have been set up during compilation. Inheriting this class 4905 results in all paths in these scripts being changed to point into the 4906 ``sysroots/`` directory so that all builds that use the script will 4907 use the correct directories for the cross compiling layout. 4908 4909 See the ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the 4910 :term:`Source Directory` for details on how this class 4911 applies these additional sed command arguments. For general 4912 information on the ``binconfig`` class, see the 4913 ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section. 4914 4915 :term:`OE_IMPORTS` 4916 An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what 4917 Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system. 4918 4919 .. note:: 4920 4921 Do not set this variable. It is for internal use only. 4922 4923 :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT` 4924 The name of the build environment setup script for the purposes of 4925 setting up the environment within the extensible SDK. The default 4926 value is "oe-init-build-env". 4927 4928 If you use a custom script to set up your build environment, set the 4929 :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT` variable to its name. 4930 4931 :term:`OE_TERMINAL` 4932 Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns interactive 4933 terminals on the host development system (e.g. using the BitBake 4934 command with the ``-c devshell`` command-line option). For more 4935 information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using a development shell`" section in 4936 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 4937 4938 You can use the following values for the :term:`OE_TERMINAL` variable: 4939 4940 - auto 4941 - gnome 4942 - xfce 4943 - rxvt 4944 - screen 4945 - konsole 4946 - none 4947 4948 :term:`OEROOT` 4949 The directory from which the top-level build environment setup script 4950 is sourced. The Yocto Project provides a top-level build environment 4951 setup script: :ref:`structure-core-script`. When you run this 4952 script, the :term:`OEROOT` variable resolves to the directory that 4953 contains the script. 4954 4955 For additional information on how this variable is used, see the 4956 initialization script. 4957 4958 :term:`OLDEST_KERNEL` 4959 Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the produced 4960 binaries must support. This variable is passed into the build of the 4961 Embedded GNU C Library (``glibc``). 4962 4963 The default for this variable comes from the 4964 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. You can override this 4965 default by setting the variable in a custom distribution 4966 configuration file. 4967 4968 :term:`OVERRIDES` 4969 A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply. Overrides 4970 are a BitBake mechanism that allows variables to be selectively 4971 overridden at the end of parsing. The set of overrides in 4972 :term:`OVERRIDES` represents the "state" during building, which includes 4973 the current recipe being built, the machine for which it is being 4974 built, and so forth. 4975 4976 As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in 4977 the colon-separated list in :term:`OVERRIDES`, then the following 4978 assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the 4979 end of parsing:: 4980 4981 FOO:an-override = "overridden" 4982 4983 See the 4984 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`" 4985 section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on the 4986 overrides mechanism. 4987 4988 The default value of :term:`OVERRIDES` includes the values of the 4989 :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`, 4990 :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`, and 4991 :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another 4992 important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override 4993 allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration 4994 (``.conf``) files. Here is an example:: 4995 4996 FOO:pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value" 4997 4998 .. note:: 4999 5000 An easy way to see what overrides apply is to search for :term:`OVERRIDES` 5001 in the output of the ``bitbake -e`` command. See the 5002 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing variable values`" section in the Yocto 5003 Project Development Tasks Manual for more information. 5004 5005 :term:`P` 5006 The recipe name and version. :term:`P` is comprised of the following:: 5007 5008 ${PN}-${PV} 5009 5010 :term:`PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA` 5011 This variable defines additional metadata to add to packages. 5012 5013 You may find you need to inject additional metadata into packages. 5014 This variable allows you to do that by setting the injected data as 5015 the value. Multiple fields can be added by splitting the content with 5016 the literal separator "\n". 5017 5018 The suffixes '_IPK', '_DEB', or '_RPM' can be applied to the variable 5019 to do package type specific settings. It can also be made package 5020 specific by using the package name as a suffix. 5021 5022 You can find out more about applying this variable in the 5023 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding custom metadata to packages`" 5024 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5025 5026 :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` 5027 The architecture of the resulting package or packages. 5028 5029 By default, the value of this variable is set to 5030 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` when building for the 5031 target, :term:`BUILD_ARCH` when building for the 5032 build host, and "${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}" when building for the 5033 SDK. 5034 5035 .. note:: 5036 5037 See :term:`SDK_ARCH` for more information. 5038 5039 However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the 5040 target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the 5041 machine, you should set :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` to the value of 5042 :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows:: 5043 5044 PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}" 5045 5046 :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS` 5047 Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the target machine. 5048 This variable is set automatically and should not normally be 5049 hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order 5050 of priority. The default value for :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS` is "all any 5051 noarch ${PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS} ${MACHINE_ARCH}". 5052 5053 :term:`PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN` 5054 Enables easily adding packages to :term:`PACKAGES` before ``${PN}`` so 5055 that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be 5056 included in the default package. 5057 5058 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` 5059 This variable, which is set in the ``local.conf`` configuration file 5060 found in the ``conf`` folder of the 5061 :term:`Build Directory`, specifies the package manager the 5062 OpenEmbedded build system uses when packaging data. 5063 5064 You can provide one or more of the following arguments for the 5065 variable: PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk 5066 package_tar" 5067 5068 .. note:: 5069 5070 While it is a legal option, the ``package_tar`` 5071 class has limited functionality due to no support for package 5072 dependencies by that backend. Therefore, it is recommended that 5073 you do not use it. 5074 5075 The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the 5076 package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages 5077 will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify. 5078 For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file:: 5079 5080 PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk" 5081 5082 The OpenEmbedded build system uses 5083 the IPK package manager to create your image or SDK. 5084 5085 For information on packaging and build performance effects as a 5086 result of the package manager in use, see the 5087 ":ref:`package.bbclass <ref-classes-package>`" section. 5088 5089 :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` 5090 Determines how to split up and package debug and source information 5091 when creating debugging packages to be used with the GNU Project 5092 Debugger (GDB). In general, based on the value of this variable, 5093 you can combine the source and debug info in a single package, 5094 you can break out the source into a separate package that can be 5095 installed independently, or you can choose to not have the source 5096 packaged at all. 5097 5098 The possible values of :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` variable: 5099 5100 - "``.debug``": All debugging and source info is placed in a single 5101 ``*-dbg`` package; debug symbol files are placed next to the 5102 binary in a ``.debug`` directory so that, if a binary is installed 5103 into ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbol file is installed 5104 in ``/bin/.debug``. Source files are installed in the same ``*-dbg`` 5105 package under ``/usr/src/debug``. 5106 5107 - "``debug-file-directory``": As above, all debugging and source info 5108 is placed in a single ``*-dbg`` package; debug symbol files are 5109 placed entirely under the directory ``/usr/lib/debug`` and separated 5110 by the path from where the binary is installed, so that if a binary 5111 is installed in ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbols are installed 5112 in ``/usr/lib/debug/bin``, and so on. As above, source is installed 5113 in the same package under ``/usr/src/debug``. 5114 5115 - "``debug-with-srcpkg``": Debugging info is placed in the standard 5116 ``*-dbg`` package as with the ``.debug`` value, while source is 5117 placed in a separate ``*-src`` package, which can be installed 5118 independently. This is the default setting for this variable, 5119 as defined in Poky's ``bitbake.conf`` file. 5120 5121 - "``debug-without-src``": The same behavior as with the ``.debug`` 5122 setting, but no source is packaged at all. 5123 5124 .. note:: 5125 5126 Much of the above package splitting can be overridden via 5127 use of the :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` variable. 5128 5129 You can find out more about debugging using GDB by reading the 5130 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging with the gnu project debugger (gdb) remotely`" section 5131 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5132 5133 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY` 5134 Prevents specific packages from being installed when you are 5135 installing complementary packages. 5136 5137 You might find that you want to prevent installing certain packages 5138 when you are installing complementary packages. For example, if you 5139 are using :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` to install 5140 ``dev-pkgs``, you might not want to install all packages from a 5141 particular multilib. If you find yourself in this situation, you can 5142 use the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY` variable to specify regular 5143 expressions to match the packages you want to exclude. 5144 5145 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` 5146 Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For 5147 example:: 5148 5149 PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..." 5150 5151 You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you 5152 can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name 5153 override:: 5154 5155 PACKAGE_EXCLUDE:pn-target_image = "package_name" 5156 5157 If you choose to not install a package using this variable and some 5158 other package is dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's 5159 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable), the OpenEmbedded build 5160 system generates a fatal installation error. Because the build system 5161 halts the process with a fatal error, you can use the variable with 5162 an iterative development process to remove specific components from a 5163 system. 5164 5165 This variable is supported only when using the IPK and RPM 5166 packaging backends. DEB is not supported. 5167 5168 See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the 5169 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variables for 5170 related information. 5171 5172 :term:`PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS` 5173 Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU. 5174 This variable is useful when you build for several different devices 5175 that use miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS. 5176 5177 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` 5178 Optionally specifies the package architectures used as part of the 5179 package feed URIs during the build. When used, the 5180 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variable is appended to the final package feed 5181 URI, which is constructed using the 5182 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` and 5183 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` 5184 variables. 5185 5186 .. note:: 5187 5188 You can use the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` 5189 variable to whitelist specific package architectures. If you do 5190 not need to whitelist specific architectures, which is a common 5191 case, you can omit this variable. Omitting the variable results in 5192 all available architectures for the current machine being included 5193 into remote package feeds. 5194 5195 Consider the following example where the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`, 5196 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables are 5197 defined in your ``local.conf`` file:: 5198 5199 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ 5200 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" 5201 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" 5202 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" 5203 5204 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: 5205 5206 .. code-block:: none 5207 5208 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all 5209 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 5210 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all 5211 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 5212 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all 5213 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 5214 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all 5215 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 5216 5217 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` 5218 Specifies the base path used when constructing package feed URIs. The 5219 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` variable makes up the middle portion of a 5220 package feed URI used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The base path 5221 lies between the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` 5222 and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables. 5223 5224 Consider the following example where the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`, 5225 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables are 5226 defined in your ``local.conf`` file:: 5227 5228 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ 5229 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" 5230 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" 5231 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" 5232 5233 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: 5234 5235 .. code-block:: none 5236 5237 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all 5238 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 5239 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all 5240 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 5241 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all 5242 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 5243 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all 5244 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 5245 5246 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` 5247 Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI used by the 5248 OpenEmbedded build system. Each final package feed URI is comprised 5249 of :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`, 5250 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and 5251 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables. 5252 5253 Consider the following example where the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`, 5254 :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables are 5255 defined in your ``local.conf`` file:: 5256 5257 PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \ 5258 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates" 5259 PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev" 5260 PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64" 5261 5262 Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows: 5263 5264 .. code-block:: none 5265 5266 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all 5267 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64 5268 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all 5269 https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64 5270 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all 5271 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64 5272 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all 5273 https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64 5274 5275 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` 5276 The final list of packages passed to the package manager for 5277 installation into the image. 5278 5279 Because the package manager controls actual installation of all 5280 packages, the list of packages passed using :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` is 5281 not the final list of packages that are actually installed. This 5282 variable is internal to the image construction code. Consequently, in 5283 general, you should use the 5284 :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify 5285 packages for installation. The exception to this is when working with 5286 the :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>` 5287 image. When working with an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) image, 5288 use the :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable. For information on creating an 5289 initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section 5290 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5291 5292 :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY` 5293 Specifies a list of packages the OpenEmbedded build system attempts 5294 to install when creating an image. If a listed package fails to 5295 install, the build system does not generate an error. This variable 5296 is generally not user-defined. 5297 5298 :term:`PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS` 5299 Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the 5300 :term:`PKGD` directory prior to splitting the files out 5301 to individual packages. 5302 5303 :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS` 5304 Specifies a list of dependencies for post-installation and 5305 pre-installation scripts on native/cross tools. If your 5306 post-installation or pre-installation script can execute at rootfs 5307 creation time rather than on the target but depends on a native tool 5308 in order to execute, you need to list the tools in 5309 :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS`. 5310 5311 For information on running post-installation scripts, see the 5312 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:post-installation scripts`" 5313 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5314 5315 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` 5316 This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling features of a 5317 recipe on a per-recipe basis. :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` blocks are defined in 5318 recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define 5319 feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over 5320 multiple lines for readability):: 5321 5322 PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..." 5323 PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\ 5324 --with-f1, \ 5325 --without-f1, \ 5326 build-deps-for-f1, \ 5327 runtime-deps-for-f1, \ 5328 runtime-recommends-for-f1, \ 5329 packageconfig-conflicts-for-f1" 5330 PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "\ 5331 ... and so on and so on ... 5332 5333 The :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` variable itself specifies a space-separated 5334 list of the features to enable. Following the features, you can 5335 determine the behavior of each feature by providing up to six 5336 order-dependent arguments, which are separated by commas. You can 5337 omit any argument you like but must retain the separating commas. The 5338 order is important and specifies the following: 5339 5340 1. Extra arguments that should be added to the configure script 5341 argument list (:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or 5342 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`) if 5343 the feature is enabled. 5344 5345 2. Extra arguments that should be added to :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or 5346 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` if the feature is disabled. 5347 5348 3. Additional build dependencies (:term:`DEPENDS`) 5349 that should be added if the feature is enabled. 5350 5351 4. Additional runtime dependencies (:term:`RDEPENDS`) 5352 that should be added if the feature is enabled. 5353 5354 5. Additional runtime recommendations 5355 (:term:`RRECOMMENDS`) that should be added if 5356 the feature is enabled. 5357 5358 6. Any conflicting (that is, mutually exclusive) :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` 5359 settings for this feature. 5360 5361 Consider the following :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` block taken from the 5362 ``librsvg`` recipe. In this example the feature is ``gtk``, which has 5363 three arguments that determine the feature's behavior. 5364 :: 5365 5366 PACKAGECONFIG[gtk] = "--with-gtk3,--without-gtk3,gtk+3" 5367 5368 The 5369 ``--with-gtk3`` and ``gtk+3`` arguments apply only if the feature is 5370 enabled. In this case, ``--with-gtk3`` is added to the configure 5371 script argument list and ``gtk+3`` is added to :term:`DEPENDS`. On the 5372 other hand, if the feature is disabled say through a ``.bbappend`` 5373 file in another layer, then the second argument ``--without-gtk3`` is 5374 added to the configure script instead. 5375 5376 The basic :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` structure previously described holds true 5377 regardless of whether you are creating a block or changing a block. 5378 When creating a block, use the structure inside your recipe. 5379 5380 If you want to change an existing :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` block, you can do 5381 so one of two ways: 5382 5383 - *Append file:* Create an append file named 5384 ``recipename.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of 5385 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`. You can either completely override the 5386 variable:: 5387 5388 PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5" 5389 5390 Or, you can just append the variable:: 5391 5392 PACKAGECONFIG:append = " f4" 5393 5394 - *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the 5395 block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf`` 5396 or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously 5397 described, you can either completely override the variable:: 5398 5399 PACKAGECONFIG:pn-recipename = "f4 f5" 5400 5401 Or, you can just amend the variable:: 5402 5403 PACKAGECONFIG:append:pn-recipename = " f4" 5404 5405 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` 5406 A space-separated list of configuration options generated from the 5407 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` setting. 5408 5409 Classes such as :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` and 5410 :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` use :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` to 5411 pass :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` options to ``configure`` and ``cmake``, 5412 respectively. If you are using :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` but not a class that 5413 handles the ``do_configure`` task, then you need to use 5414 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` appropriately. 5415 5416 :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY` 5417 For recipes inheriting the 5418 :ref:`packagegroup <ref-classes-packagegroup>` class, setting 5419 :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY` to "1" specifies that the 5420 normal complementary packages (i.e. ``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and so forth) 5421 should not be automatically created by the ``packagegroup`` recipe, 5422 which is the default behavior. 5423 5424 :term:`PACKAGES` 5425 The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the 5426 following:: 5427 5428 ${PN}-src ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN} 5429 5430 During packaging, the :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task 5431 goes through :term:`PACKAGES` and uses the :term:`FILES` 5432 variable corresponding to each package to assign files to the 5433 package. If a file matches the :term:`FILES` variable for more than one 5434 package in :term:`PACKAGES`, it will be assigned to the earliest 5435 (leftmost) package. 5436 5437 Packages in the variable's list that are empty (i.e. where none of 5438 the patterns in ``FILES:``\ pkg match any files installed by the 5439 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task) are not generated, 5440 unless generation is forced through the 5441 :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` variable. 5442 5443 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` 5444 A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for 5445 optional modules that are found in other recipes. 5446 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it 5447 only states that they should be satisfied. For example, if a hard, 5448 runtime dependency (:term:`RDEPENDS`) of another 5449 package is satisfied at build time through the :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` 5450 variable, but a package with the module name is never actually 5451 produced, then the other package will be broken. Thus, if you attempt 5452 to include that package in an image, you will get a dependency 5453 failure from the packaging system during the 5454 :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task. 5455 5456 Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can occur and 5457 the package that is not created is valid without the dependency being 5458 satisfied, then you should use :term:`RRECOMMENDS` 5459 (a soft runtime dependency) instead of :term:`RDEPENDS`. 5460 5461 For an example of how to use the :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable when 5462 you are splitting packages, see the 5463 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:handling optional module packaging`" 5464 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5465 5466 :term:`PACKAGESPLITFUNCS` 5467 Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional splitting of 5468 files into individual packages. Recipes can either prepend to this 5469 variable or prepend to the ``populate_packages`` function in order to 5470 perform additional package splitting. In either case, the function 5471 should set :term:`PACKAGES`, 5472 :term:`FILES`, :term:`RDEPENDS` and 5473 other packaging variables appropriately in order to perform the 5474 desired splitting. 5475 5476 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` 5477 Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the 5478 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task in order to specify 5479 parallel compilation on the local build host. This variable is 5480 usually in the form "-j x", where x represents the maximum number of 5481 parallel threads ``make`` can run. 5482 5483 .. note:: 5484 5485 In order for :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` to be effective, ``make`` must be 5486 called with ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy way to ensure 5487 this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function. 5488 5489 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this 5490 variable to be equal to the number of cores the build system uses. 5491 5492 .. note:: 5493 5494 If the software being built experiences dependency issues during 5495 the ``do_compile`` task that result in race conditions, you can clear 5496 the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable within the recipe as a workaround. For 5497 information on addressing race conditions, see the 5498 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`" 5499 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5500 5501 For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to 5502 override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds. 5503 However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical 5504 CPUs, you might want to make sure the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable is 5505 not set higher than "-j 20". 5506 5507 For more information on speeding up builds, see the 5508 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`" 5509 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5510 5511 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` 5512 Extra options passed to the ``make install`` command during the 5513 :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task in order to specify 5514 parallel installation. This variable defaults to the value of 5515 :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`. 5516 5517 .. note:: 5518 5519 In order for :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` to be effective, ``make`` must 5520 be called with 5521 ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy 5522 way to ensure this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function. 5523 5524 If the software being built experiences dependency issues during 5525 the ``do_install`` task that result in race conditions, you can 5526 clear the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` variable within the recipe as a 5527 workaround. For information on addressing race conditions, see the 5528 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`" 5529 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5530 5531 :term:`PATCHRESOLVE` 5532 Determines the action to take when a patch fails. You can set this 5533 variable to one of two values: "noop" and "user". 5534 5535 The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail when the 5536 OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully apply a patch. Setting 5537 the value to "user" causes the build system to launch a shell and 5538 places you in the right location so that you can manually resolve the 5539 conflicts. 5540 5541 Set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file. 5542 5543 :term:`PATCHTOOL` 5544 Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe during the 5545 :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task. You can specify one of 5546 three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or "git". The default utility used 5547 is "quilt" except for the quilt-native recipe itself. Because the 5548 quilt tool is not available at the time quilt-native is being 5549 patched, it uses "patch". 5550 5551 If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in 5552 the recipe using one of the following:: 5553 5554 PATCHTOOL = "patch" 5555 PATCHTOOL = "quilt" 5556 PATCHTOOL = "git" 5557 5558 :term:`PE` 5559 The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The 5560 variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme 5561 changes in some backwards incompatible way. 5562 5563 :term:`PE` is the default value of the :term:`PKGE` variable. 5564 5565 :term:`PF` 5566 Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and 5567 revision numbers (i.e. ``glibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/`` and 5568 ``bash-4.2-r1/``). This variable is comprised of the following: 5569 ${:term:`PN`}-${:term:`EXTENDPE`}${:term:`PV`}-${:term:`PR`} 5570 5571 :term:`PIXBUF_PACKAGES` 5572 When inheriting the :ref:`pixbufcache <ref-classes-pixbufcache>` 5573 class, this variable identifies packages that contain the pixbuf 5574 loaders used with ``gdk-pixbuf``. By default, the ``pixbufcache`` 5575 class assumes that the loaders are in the recipe's main package (i.e. 5576 ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if the 5577 loaders you need are in a package other than that main package. 5578 5579 :term:`PKG` 5580 The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build 5581 system. 5582 5583 .. note:: 5584 5585 When using the :term:`PKG` variable, you must use a package name override. 5586 5587 For example, when the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class 5588 renames the output package, it does so by setting 5589 ``PKG:packagename``. 5590 5591 :term:`PKG_CONFIG_PATH` 5592 The path to ``pkg-config`` files for the current build context. 5593 ``pkg-config`` reads this variable from the environment. 5594 5595 :term:`PKGD` 5596 Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before 5597 they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to 5598 the following:: 5599 5600 ${WORKDIR}/package 5601 5602 Do not change this default. 5603 5604 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` 5605 Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data generated 5606 during the packaging process. During the packaging process, the 5607 :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data 5608 for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area. 5609 This directory defaults to the following, which you should not 5610 change:: 5611 5612 ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata 5613 5614 For examples of how this data is used, see the 5615 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" 5616 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the 5617 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing package information with \`\`oe-pkgdata-util\`\``" 5618 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For more 5619 information on the shared, global-state directory, see 5620 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`. 5621 5622 :term:`PKGDEST` 5623 Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they 5624 have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to 5625 the following:: 5626 5627 ${WORKDIR}/packages-split 5628 5629 Under this directory, the build system creates directories for each 5630 package specified in :term:`PACKAGES`. Do not change 5631 this default. 5632 5633 :term:`PKGDESTWORK` 5634 Points to a temporary work area where the 5635 :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata. 5636 The :term:`PKGDESTWORK` location defaults to the following:: 5637 5638 ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata 5639 5640 Do not change this default. 5641 5642 The :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task copies the 5643 package metadata from :term:`PKGDESTWORK` to 5644 :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` to make it available globally. 5645 5646 :term:`PKGE` 5647 The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, :term:`PKGE` 5648 is set to :term:`PE`. 5649 5650 :term:`PKGR` 5651 The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, 5652 :term:`PKGR` is set to :term:`PR`. 5653 5654 :term:`PKGV` 5655 The version of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, 5656 :term:`PKGV` is set to :term:`PV`. 5657 5658 :term:`PN` 5659 This variable can have two separate functions depending on the 5660 context: a recipe name or a resulting package name. 5661 5662 :term:`PN` refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used by the 5663 OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package. The name is 5664 normally extracted from the recipe file name. For example, if the 5665 recipe is named ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of :term:`PN` 5666 will be "expat". 5667 5668 The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file 5669 created or produced by the OpenEmbedded build system. 5670 5671 If applicable, the :term:`PN` variable also contains any special suffix 5672 or prefix. For example, using ``bash`` to build packages for the 5673 native machine, :term:`PN` is ``bash-native``. Using ``bash`` to build 5674 packages for the target and for Multilib, :term:`PN` would be ``bash`` 5675 and ``lib64-bash``, respectively. 5676 5677 :term:`PNBLACKLIST` 5678 Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system to build. 5679 This variable works in conjunction with the 5680 :ref:`blacklist <ref-classes-blacklist>` class, which is inherited 5681 globally. 5682 5683 To prevent a recipe from being built, use the :term:`PNBLACKLIST` 5684 variable in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example that 5685 prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built:: 5686 5687 PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization." 5688 5689 :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND` 5690 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 5691 system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify 5692 functions separated by semicolons:: 5693 5694 POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... " 5695 5696 If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you 5697 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by 5698 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the 5699 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. 5700 5701 :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND` 5702 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 5703 system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify 5704 functions separated by semicolons:: 5705 5706 POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... " 5707 5708 If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you 5709 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by 5710 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the 5711 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. 5712 5713 :term:`PR` 5714 The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is 5715 "r0". Subsequent revisions of the recipe conventionally have the 5716 values "r1", "r2", and so forth. When :term:`PV` increases, 5717 :term:`PR` is conventionally reset to "r0". 5718 5719 .. note:: 5720 5721 The OpenEmbedded build system does not need the aid of :term:`PR` 5722 to know when to rebuild a recipe. The build system uses the task 5723 :ref:`input checksums <overview-manual/concepts:checksums (signatures)>` along with the 5724 :ref:`stamp <structure-build-tmp-stamps>` and 5725 :ref:`overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache` 5726 mechanisms. 5727 5728 The :term:`PR` variable primarily becomes significant when a package 5729 manager dynamically installs packages on an already built image. In 5730 this case, :term:`PR`, which is the default value of 5731 :term:`PKGR`, helps the package manager distinguish which 5732 package is the most recent one in cases where many packages have the 5733 same :term:`PV` (i.e. :term:`PKGV`). A component having many packages with 5734 the same :term:`PV` usually means that the packages all install the same 5735 upstream version, but with later (:term:`PR`) version packages including 5736 packaging fixes. 5737 5738 .. note:: 5739 5740 :term:`PR` does not need to be increased for changes that do not change the 5741 package contents or metadata. 5742 5743 Because manually managing :term:`PR` can be cumbersome and error-prone, 5744 an automated solution exists. See the 5745 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service`" section 5746 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information. 5747 5748 :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` 5749 If multiple recipes provide the same item, this variable determines 5750 which recipe is preferred and thus provides the item (i.e. the 5751 preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the 5752 name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using 5753 the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common 5754 example:: 5755 5756 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto" 5757 5758 In the previous example, multiple recipes are providing "virtual/kernel". 5759 The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is set with the name (:term:`PN`) of 5760 the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel". 5761 5762 Following are more examples:: 5763 5764 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86" 5765 PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa" 5766 5767 For more 5768 information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using virtual providers`" 5769 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 5770 5771 .. note:: 5772 5773 If you use a ``virtual/\*`` item with :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER`, then any 5774 recipe that :term:`PROVIDES` that item but is not selected (defined) 5775 by :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` is prevented from building, which is usually 5776 desirable since this mechanism is designed to select between mutually 5777 exclusive alternative providers. 5778 5779 :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` 5780 If there are multiple versions of a recipe available, this variable 5781 determines which version should be given preference. You must always 5782 suffix the variable with the :term:`PN` you want to select (`python` in 5783 the first example below), and you should specify the :term:`PV` 5784 accordingly (`3.4.0` in the example). 5785 5786 The :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` variable supports limited wildcard use 5787 through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any 5788 number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions 5789 that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are 5790 two examples:: 5791 5792 PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0" 5793 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%" 5794 5795 .. note:: 5796 5797 The use of the "%" character is limited in that it only works at the end of the 5798 string. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other 5799 location of the string. 5800 5801 The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which 5802 does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename. 5803 For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb`` 5804 where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment:: 5805 5806 PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}" 5807 5808 In this case, the correct way to select 5809 ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following:: 5810 5811 PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%" 5812 5813 Compare that previous example 5814 against the following incorrect example, which does not work:: 5815 5816 PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git" 5817 5818 Sometimes the :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` variable can be set by 5819 configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use 5820 :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific 5821 override. Here is an example:: 5822 5823 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto:qemux86 = "5.0%" 5824 5825 Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the 5826 "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible. 5827 Here is an example:: 5828 5829 PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto:forcevariable = "5.0%" 5830 5831 .. note:: 5832 5833 The ``:forcevariable`` override is not handled specially. This override 5834 only works because the default value of :term:`OVERRIDES` includes "forcevariable". 5835 5836 If a recipe with the specified version is not available, a warning 5837 message will be shown. See :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` if you want this 5838 to be an error instead. 5839 5840 :term:`PREMIRRORS` 5841 Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system 5842 gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it 5843 first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the 5844 build system tries locations defined by :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream 5845 source, and then locations specified by 5846 :term:`MIRRORS` in that order. 5847 5848 Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky", 5849 the default value for :term:`PREMIRRORS` is defined in the 5850 ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository. 5851 5852 Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to 5853 attempt before any others by adding something like the following to 5854 the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the 5855 :term:`Build Directory`:: 5856 5857 PREMIRRORS:prepend = "\ 5858 git://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \n \ 5859 ftp://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \n \ 5860 http://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \n \ 5861 https://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \n" 5862 5863 These changes cause the 5864 build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and 5865 direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You can use 5866 ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares as 5867 well. 5868 5869 :term:`PRIORITY` 5870 Indicates the importance of a package. 5871 5872 :term:`PRIORITY` is considered to be part of the distribution policy 5873 because the importance of any given recipe depends on the purpose for 5874 which the distribution is being produced. Thus, :term:`PRIORITY` is not 5875 normally set within recipes. 5876 5877 You can set :term:`PRIORITY` to "required", "standard", "extra", and 5878 "optional", which is the default. 5879 5880 :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` 5881 Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that should be ignored 5882 by the OpenEmbedded build system's shared library resolver. This 5883 variable is typically used when software being built by a recipe has 5884 its own private versions of a library normally provided by another 5885 recipe. In this case, you would not want the package containing the 5886 private libraries to be set as a dependency on other unrelated 5887 packages that should instead depend on the package providing the 5888 standard version of the library. 5889 5890 Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their 5891 file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser:: 5892 5893 PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \ 5894 libxpcom.so \ 5895 libnspr4.so \ 5896 libxul.so \ 5897 libmozalloc.so \ 5898 libplc4.so \ 5899 libplds4.so" 5900 5901 For more information, see the 5902 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" 5903 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 5904 5905 :term:`PROVIDES` 5906 A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be known. By 5907 default, a recipe's own :term:`PN` is implicitly already in its 5908 :term:`PROVIDES` list and therefore does not need to mention that it 5909 provides itself. If a recipe uses :term:`PROVIDES`, the additional 5910 aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can be useful for satisfying 5911 dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by 5912 :term:`DEPENDS`. 5913 5914 Consider the following example :term:`PROVIDES` statement from the recipe 5915 file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``:: 5916 5917 PROVIDES += "udev" 5918 5919 The :term:`PROVIDES` statement 5920 results in the "eudev" recipe also being available as simply "udev". 5921 5922 .. note:: 5923 5924 A recipe's own recipe name (:term:`PN`) is always implicitly prepended 5925 to `PROVIDES`, so while using "+=" in the above example may not be 5926 strictly necessary it is recommended to avoid confusion. 5927 5928 In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, the 5929 :term:`PROVIDES` mechanism is also used to implement virtual targets. A 5930 virtual target is a name that corresponds to some particular 5931 functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). Recipes that provide the 5932 functionality in question list the virtual target in :term:`PROVIDES`. 5933 Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can include the 5934 virtual target in :term:`DEPENDS` to leave the choice of provider open. 5935 5936 Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form 5937 "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). The slash is simply part 5938 of the name and has no syntactical significance. 5939 5940 The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is 5941 used to select which particular recipe provides a virtual target. 5942 5943 .. note:: 5944 5945 A corresponding mechanism for virtual runtime dependencies 5946 (packages) exists. However, the mechanism does not depend on any 5947 special functionality beyond ordinary variable assignments. For 5948 example, ``VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager`` refers to the package of 5949 the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory. 5950 5951 Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as 5952 simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file:: 5953 5954 VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev" 5955 5956 5957 :term:`PRSERV_HOST` 5958 The network based :term:`PR` service host and port. 5959 5960 The ``conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in the 5961 :term:`Source Directory` shows how the 5962 :term:`PRSERV_HOST` variable is set:: 5963 5964 PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0" 5965 5966 You must 5967 set the variable if you want to automatically start a local :ref:`PR 5968 service <dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service>`. You can 5969 set :term:`PRSERV_HOST` to other values to use a remote PR service. 5970 5971 5972 :term:`PSEUDO_IGNORE_PATHS` 5973 A comma-separated (without spaces) list of path prefixes that should be ignored 5974 by pseudo when monitoring and recording file operations, in order to avoid 5975 problems with files being written to outside of the pseudo context and 5976 reduce pseudo's overhead. A path is ignored if it matches any prefix in the list 5977 and can include partial directory (or file) names. 5978 5979 5980 :term:`PTEST_ENABLED` 5981 Specifies whether or not :ref:`Package 5982 Test <dev-manual/common-tasks:testing packages with ptest>` (ptest) 5983 functionality is enabled when building a recipe. You should not set 5984 this variable directly. Enabling and disabling building Package Tests 5985 at build time should be done by adding "ptest" to (or removing it 5986 from) :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. 5987 5988 :term:`PV` 5989 The version of the recipe. The version is normally extracted from the 5990 recipe filename. For example, if the recipe is named 5991 ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of :term:`PV` will be "2.0.1". 5992 :term:`PV` is generally not overridden within a recipe unless it is 5993 building an unstable (i.e. development) version from a source code 5994 repository (e.g. Git or Subversion). 5995 5996 :term:`PV` is the default value of the :term:`PKGV` variable. 5997 5998 :term:`PYTHON_ABI` 5999 When used by recipes that inherit the 6000 :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`, 6001 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` classes, denotes the 6002 Application Binary Interface (ABI) currently in use for Python. By 6003 default, the ABI is "m". You do not have to set this variable as the 6004 OpenEmbedded build system sets it for you. 6005 6006 The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct directory 6007 names used when installing the Python headers and libraries in 6008 sysroot (e.g. ``.../python3.3m/...``). 6009 6010 Recipes that inherit the ``distutils3`` class during cross-builds also 6011 use this variable to locate the headers and libraries of the 6012 appropriate Python that the extension is targeting. 6013 6014 :term:`PYTHON_PN` 6015 When used by recipes that inherit the 6016 `distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`, 6017 :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` classes, specifies the 6018 major Python version being built. For Python 3.x, :term:`PYTHON_PN` would 6019 be "python3". You do not have to set this variable as the 6020 OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you. 6021 6022 The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the 6023 following:: 6024 6025 DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native" 6026 6027 In the previous example, 6028 the version of the dependency is :term:`PYTHON_PN`. 6029 6030 :term:`RANLIB` 6031 The minimal command and arguments to run ``ranlib``. 6032 6033 :term:`RCONFLICTS` 6034 The list of packages that conflict with packages. Note that packages 6035 will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed. 6036 6037 Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in 6038 conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:: 6039 6040 RCONFLICTS:${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name" 6041 6042 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports 6043 specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies 6044 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences 6045 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the 6046 :term:`RCONFLICTS` variable:: 6047 6048 RCONFLICTS:${PN} = "package (operator version)" 6049 6050 For ``operator``, you can specify the following: 6051 6052 - = 6053 - < 6054 - > 6055 - <= 6056 - >= 6057 6058 For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or 6059 greater of the package ``foo``:: 6060 6061 RCONFLICTS:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" 6062 6063 :term:`RDEPENDS` 6064 Lists runtime dependencies of a package. These dependencies are other 6065 packages that must be installed in order for the package to function 6066 correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the 6067 package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be 6068 installed:: 6069 6070 RDEPENDS:foo = "bar baz" 6071 6072 The most common types of package 6073 runtime dependencies are automatically detected and added. Therefore, 6074 most recipes do not need to set :term:`RDEPENDS`. For more information, 6075 see the 6076 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`" 6077 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 6078 6079 The practical effect of the above :term:`RDEPENDS` assignment is that 6080 ``bar`` and ``baz`` will be declared as dependencies inside the 6081 package ``foo`` when it is written out by one of the 6082 :ref:`do_package_write_\* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>` tasks. 6083 Exactly how this is done depends on which package format is used, 6084 which is determined by 6085 :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`. When the 6086 corresponding package manager installs the package, it will know to 6087 also install the packages on which it depends. 6088 6089 To ensure that the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` get built, the 6090 previous :term:`RDEPENDS` assignment also causes a task dependency to be 6091 added. This dependency is from the recipe's 6092 :ref:`ref-tasks-build` (not to be confused with 6093 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`) task to the 6094 ``do_package_write_*`` task of the recipes that build ``bar`` and 6095 ``baz``. 6096 6097 The names of the packages you list within :term:`RDEPENDS` must be the 6098 names of other packages - they cannot be recipe names. Although 6099 package names and recipe names usually match, the important point 6100 here is that you are providing package names within the :term:`RDEPENDS` 6101 variable. For an example of the default list of packages created from 6102 a recipe, see the :term:`PACKAGES` variable. 6103 6104 Because the :term:`RDEPENDS` variable applies to packages being built, 6105 you should always use the variable in a form with an attached package 6106 name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For 6107 example, suppose you are building a development package that depends 6108 on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following 6109 :term:`RDEPENDS` statement:: 6110 6111 RDEPENDS:${PN}-dev += "perl" 6112 6113 In the example, 6114 the development package depends on the ``perl`` package. Thus, the 6115 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable has the ``${PN}-dev`` package name as part of 6116 the variable. 6117 6118 .. note:: 6119 6120 ``RDEPENDS:${PN}-dev`` includes ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}`` 6121 by default. This default is set in the BitBake configuration file 6122 (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``). Be careful not to accidentally remove 6123 ``${PN}`` when modifying ``RDEPENDS:${PN}-dev``. Use the "+=" operator 6124 rather than the "=" operator. 6125 6126 The package names you use with :term:`RDEPENDS` must appear as they would 6127 in the :term:`PACKAGES` variable. The :term:`PKG` variable 6128 allows a different name to be used for the final package (e.g. the 6129 :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class uses this to rename 6130 packages), but this final package name cannot be used with 6131 :term:`RDEPENDS`, which makes sense as :term:`RDEPENDS` is meant to be 6132 independent of the package format used. 6133 6134 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports 6135 specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies 6136 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences 6137 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the 6138 :term:`RDEPENDS` variable:: 6139 6140 RDEPENDS:${PN} = "package (operator version)" 6141 6142 For ``operator``, you can specify the following: 6143 6144 - = 6145 - < 6146 - > 6147 - <= 6148 - >= 6149 6150 For version, provide the version number. 6151 6152 .. note:: 6153 6154 You can use :term:`EXTENDPKGV` to provide a full package version 6155 specification. 6156 6157 For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or 6158 greater of the package ``foo``:: 6159 6160 RDEPENDS:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" 6161 6162 For information on build-time dependencies, see the 6163 :term:`DEPENDS` variable. You can also see the 6164 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks`" and 6165 ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies`" sections in the 6166 BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and 6167 dependencies. 6168 6169 :term:`RECIPE_NO_UPDATE_REASON` 6170 If a recipe should not be replaced by a more recent upstream version, 6171 putting the reason why in this variable in a recipe allows 6172 ``devtool check-upgrade-status`` command to display it, as explained 6173 in the ":ref:`ref-manual/devtool-reference:checking on the upgrade status of a recipe`" 6174 section. 6175 6176 :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES` 6177 When inheriting the 6178 :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>` 6179 class, this variable identifies distribution features that must exist 6180 in the current configuration in order for the OpenEmbedded build 6181 system to build the recipe. In other words, if the 6182 :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES` variable lists a feature that does not 6183 appear in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` within the current configuration, then 6184 the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build 6185 the recipe then an error will be triggered. 6186 6187 :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` 6188 If there are multiple versions of a recipe available, this variable 6189 determines which version should be given preference. 6190 :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` works in exactly the same manner as 6191 :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`, except that if the specified version is not 6192 available then an error message is shown and the build fails 6193 immediately. 6194 6195 If both :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` and :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` are set 6196 for the same recipe, the :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` value applies. 6197 6198 :term:`RM_WORK_EXCLUDE` 6199 With ``rm_work`` enabled, this variable specifies a list of recipes 6200 whose work directories should not be removed. See the 6201 ":ref:`rm_work.bbclass <ref-classes-rm-work>`" section for more 6202 details. 6203 6204 :term:`ROOT_HOME` 6205 Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as 6206 follows in the BitBake configuration file:: 6207 6208 ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root" 6209 6210 .. note:: 6211 6212 This default value is likely used because some embedded solutions 6213 prefer to have a read-only root filesystem and prefer to keep 6214 writeable data in one place. 6215 6216 You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or 6217 in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak" 6218 assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to 6219 define your override:: 6220 6221 ROOT_HOME = "/root" 6222 ROOT_HOME ?= "/root" 6223 6224 These 6225 override examples use ``/root``, which is probably the most commonly 6226 used override. 6227 6228 :term:`ROOTFS` 6229 Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem. 6230 6231 The :term:`ROOTFS` variable is an optional variable used with the 6232 :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class. 6233 6234 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND` 6235 Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build 6236 system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by 6237 semicolons:: 6238 6239 ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6240 6241 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a 6242 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 6243 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 6244 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 6245 information. 6246 6247 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` 6248 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 6249 system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions 6250 separated by semicolons:: 6251 6252 ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6253 6254 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a 6255 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 6256 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 6257 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 6258 information. 6259 6260 :term:`ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND` 6261 Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build 6262 system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package 6263 management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed 6264 including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``. 6265 You can specify functions separated by semicolons:: 6266 6267 ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6268 6269 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a 6270 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 6271 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 6272 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 6273 information. 6274 6275 :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` 6276 Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build 6277 system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions 6278 separated by semicolons:: 6279 6280 ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6281 6282 If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a 6283 function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the 6284 directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the 6285 :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more 6286 information. 6287 6288 :term:`RPROVIDES` 6289 A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These 6290 aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other 6291 packages both during the build and on the target (as specified by 6292 :term:`RDEPENDS`). 6293 6294 .. note:: 6295 6296 A package's own name is implicitly already in its :term:`RPROVIDES` list. 6297 6298 As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the 6299 variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an 6300 example:: 6301 6302 RPROVIDES:${PN} = "widget-abi-2" 6303 6304 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` 6305 A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being 6306 built. The package being built does not depend on this list of 6307 packages in order to successfully build, but rather uses them for 6308 extended usability. To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see 6309 the :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. 6310 6311 The package manager will automatically install the :term:`RRECOMMENDS` 6312 list of packages when installing the built package. However, you can 6313 prevent listed packages from being installed by using the 6314 :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`, 6315 :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`, and 6316 :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables. 6317 6318 Packages specified in :term:`RRECOMMENDS` need not actually be produced. 6319 However, there must be a recipe providing each package, either 6320 through the :term:`PACKAGES` or 6321 :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variables or the 6322 :term:`RPROVIDES` variable, or an error will occur 6323 during the build. If such a recipe does exist and the package is not 6324 produced, the build continues without error. 6325 6326 Because the :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable applies to packages being built, 6327 you should always attach an override to the variable to specify the 6328 particular package whose usability is being extended. For example, 6329 suppose you are building a development package that is extended to 6330 support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the 6331 following:: 6332 6333 RRECOMMENDS:${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name" 6334 6335 In the 6336 example, the package name (``${PN}-dev``) must appear as it would in 6337 the :term:`PACKAGES` namespace before any renaming of the output package 6338 by classes such as ``debian.bbclass``. 6339 6340 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports 6341 specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending 6342 on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you. 6343 Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the 6344 :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable:: 6345 6346 RRECOMMENDS:${PN} = "package (operator version)" 6347 6348 For ``operator``, you can specify the following: 6349 6350 - = 6351 - < 6352 - > 6353 - <= 6354 - >= 6355 6356 For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or 6357 greater of the package ``foo``:: 6358 6359 RRECOMMENDS:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" 6360 6361 :term:`RREPLACES` 6362 A list of packages replaced by a package. The package manager uses 6363 this variable to determine which package should be installed to 6364 replace other package(s) during an upgrade. In order to also have the 6365 other package(s) removed at the same time, you must add the name of 6366 the other package to the :term:`RCONFLICTS` variable. 6367 6368 As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable 6369 in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:: 6370 6371 RREPLACES:${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced" 6372 6373 BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports 6374 specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies 6375 depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences 6376 from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the 6377 :term:`RREPLACES` variable:: 6378 6379 RREPLACES:${PN} = "package (operator version)" 6380 6381 For ``operator``, you can specify the following: 6382 6383 - = 6384 - < 6385 - > 6386 - <= 6387 - >= 6388 6389 For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2 6390 or greater of the package ``foo``:: 6391 6392 RREPLACES:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)" 6393 6394 :term:`RSUGGESTS` 6395 A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation 6396 by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all 6397 package managers support this functionality. 6398 6399 As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this 6400 variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an 6401 example:: 6402 6403 RSUGGESTS:${PN} = "useful_package another_package" 6404 6405 :term:`S` 6406 The location in the :term:`Build Directory` where 6407 unpacked recipe source code resides. By default, this directory is 6408 ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}-${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``, 6409 where ``${BPN}`` is the base recipe name and ``${PV}`` is the recipe 6410 version. If the source tarball extracts the code to a directory named 6411 anything other than ``${BPN}-${PV}``, or if the source code is 6412 fetched from an SCM such as Git or Subversion, then you must set 6413 :term:`S` in the recipe so that the OpenEmbedded build system knows where 6414 to find the unpacked source. 6415 6416 As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory` 6417 top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default Build Directory at 6418 ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system 6419 uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following:: 6420 6421 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19 6422 6423 The unpacked source code resides in the ``db-5.1.19`` folder. 6424 6425 This next example assumes a Git repository. By default, Git 6426 repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during 6427 :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different 6428 from the default value of :term:`S`, you must set it specifically so the 6429 source can be located:: 6430 6431 SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git" 6432 S = "${WORKDIR}/git" 6433 6434 :term:`SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES` 6435 Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be checked for 6436 during the initial sanity checking process when running BitBake. If 6437 any of the utilities are not installed on the build host, then 6438 BitBake immediately exits with an error. 6439 6440 :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` 6441 A list of the host distribution identifiers that the build system has 6442 been tested against. Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID 6443 followed by the release, as reported by the ``lsb_release`` tool or 6444 as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. Separate the list items with 6445 explicit newline characters (``\n``). If :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` is 6446 not empty and the current value of 6447 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` does not appear in the 6448 list, then the build system reports a warning that indicates the 6449 current host distribution has not been tested as a build host. 6450 6451 :term:`SDK_ARCH` 6452 The target architecture for the SDK. Typically, you do not directly 6453 set this variable. Instead, use :term:`SDKMACHINE`. 6454 6455 :term:`SDK_CUSTOM_TEMPLATECONF` 6456 When building the extensible SDK, if :term:`SDK_CUSTOM_TEMPLATECONF` is set to 6457 "1" and a ``conf/templateconf.conf`` file exists in the build directory 6458 (:term:`TOPDIR`) then this will be copied into the SDK. 6459 6460 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` 6461 The directory set up and used by the 6462 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which 6463 the SDK is deployed. The ``populate_sdk_base`` class defines 6464 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` as follows:: 6465 6466 SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk" 6467 6468 :term:`SDK_DIR` 6469 The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when 6470 creating SDK output. The 6471 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines 6472 the variable as follows:: 6473 6474 SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" 6475 6476 .. note:: 6477 6478 The :term:`SDK_DIR` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of 6479 :term:`WORKDIR`. The final output directory is :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`. 6480 6481 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` 6482 Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the 6483 extensible SDK. The default value of "full" copies all of the 6484 required shared state artifacts into the extensible SDK. The value 6485 "minimal" leaves these artifacts out of the SDK. 6486 6487 .. note:: 6488 6489 If you set the variable to "minimal", you need to ensure 6490 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` is set in the SDK's configuration to enable the 6491 artifacts to be fetched as needed. 6492 6493 :term:`SDK_HOST_MANIFEST` 6494 The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all 6495 the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The 6496 file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as 6497 follows:: 6498 6499 packagename packagearch version 6500 6501 The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class 6502 defines the manifest file as follows:: 6503 6504 SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest" 6505 6506 The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and 6507 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables. 6508 6509 :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA` 6510 When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for all recipes 6511 in the "world" target in the extensible SDK. Including this data 6512 allows the ``devtool search`` command to find these recipes in search 6513 results, as well as allows the ``devtool add`` command to map 6514 dependencies more effectively. 6515 6516 .. note:: 6517 6518 Enabling the :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA` 6519 variable significantly increases build time because all of world 6520 needs to be built. Enabling the variable also slightly increases 6521 the size of the extensible SDK. 6522 6523 :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN` 6524 When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the extensible 6525 SDK. Including the toolchain is useful particularly when 6526 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal" to keep 6527 the SDK reasonably small but you still want to provide a usable 6528 toolchain. For example, suppose you want to use the toolchain from an 6529 IDE or from other tools and you do not want to perform additional 6530 steps to install the toolchain. 6531 6532 The :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN` variable defaults to "0" if 6533 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal", and defaults to "1" if 6534 :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "full". 6535 6536 :term:`SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST` 6537 A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT` 6538 value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The 6539 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the 6540 default value:: 6541 6542 SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc" 6543 6544 Some classes are not generally applicable within the extensible SDK 6545 context. You can use this variable to disable those classes. 6546 6547 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's 6548 configuration, see the 6549 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" 6550 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 6551 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 6552 6553 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST` 6554 A list of variables not allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build 6555 system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. Usually, 6556 these are variables that are specific to the machine on which the 6557 build system is running and thus would be potentially problematic 6558 within the extensible SDK. 6559 6560 By default, :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST` is set in the 6561 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class and 6562 excludes the following variables: 6563 6564 - :term:`CONF_VERSION` 6565 - :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` 6566 - :term:`BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS` 6567 - :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` 6568 - :term:`PRSERV_HOST` 6569 - :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` :term:`DL_DIR` 6570 - :term:`SSTATE_DIR` :term:`TMPDIR` 6571 - :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` 6572 6573 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's 6574 configuration, see the 6575 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" 6576 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 6577 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 6578 6579 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST` 6580 A list of variables allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build 6581 system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. By 6582 default, the list of variables is empty and is set in the 6583 :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class. 6584 6585 This list overrides the variables specified using the 6586 :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST` 6587 variable as well as any variables identified by automatic 6588 blacklisting due to the "/" character being found at the start of the 6589 value, which is usually indicative of being a path and thus might not 6590 be valid on the system where the SDK is installed. 6591 6592 For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's 6593 configuration, see the 6594 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`" 6595 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 6596 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 6597 6598 :term:`SDK_NAME` 6599 The base name for SDK output files. The name is derived from the 6600 :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`, 6601 :term:`SDK_ARCH`, 6602 :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and 6603 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables:: 6604 6605 SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}" 6606 6607 :term:`SDK_OS` 6608 Specifies the operating system for which the SDK will be built. The 6609 default value is the value of :term:`BUILD_OS`. 6610 6611 :term:`SDK_OUTPUT` 6612 The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK 6613 output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` 6614 class defines the variable as follows:: 6615 6616 SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk" 6617 SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image" 6618 SDK_DEPLOY = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/sdk" 6619 6620 .. note:: 6621 6622 The :term:`SDK_OUTPUT` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of 6623 :term:`WORKDIR` by way of :term:`SDK_DIR`. The final output directory is 6624 :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`. 6625 6626 :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS` 6627 Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the SDK machine. 6628 This variable is set automatically and should not normally be 6629 hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order 6630 of priority. The default value for :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS` is "all any 6631 noarch ${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}". 6632 6633 :term:`SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND` 6634 Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build 6635 system creates the SDK. You can specify functions separated by 6636 semicolons: SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... " 6637 6638 If you need to pass an SDK path to a command within a function, you 6639 can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by 6640 the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the 6641 :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information. 6642 6643 :term:`SDK_PREFIX` 6644 The toolchain binary prefix used for ``nativesdk`` recipes. The 6645 OpenEmbedded build system uses the :term:`SDK_PREFIX` value to set the 6646 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building 6647 ``nativesdk`` recipes. The default value is "${SDK_SYS}-". 6648 6649 :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` 6650 A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK. By default, 6651 the following tasks are added: 6652 6653 - do_populate_lic 6654 - do_package_qa 6655 - do_populate_sysroot 6656 - do_deploy 6657 6658 Despite the default value of "" for the 6659 :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` variable, the above four tasks are always added 6660 to the SDK. To specify tasks beyond these four, you need to use the 6661 :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` variable (e.g. you are defining additional 6662 tasks that are needed in order to build 6663 :term:`SDK_TARGETS`). 6664 6665 :term:`SDK_SYS` 6666 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating 6667 system, for which the SDK will be built. 6668 6669 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based 6670 on :term:`SDK_ARCH`, 6671 :term:`SDK_VENDOR`, and 6672 :term:`SDK_OS`. You do not need to set the :term:`SDK_SYS` 6673 variable yourself. 6674 6675 :term:`SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST` 6676 The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all 6677 the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The 6678 file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as 6679 follows:: 6680 6681 packagename packagearch version 6682 6683 The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class 6684 defines the manifest file as follows:: 6685 6686 SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest" 6687 6688 The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and 6689 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables. 6690 6691 :term:`SDK_TARGETS` 6692 A list of targets to install from shared state as part of the 6693 standard or extensible SDK installation. The default value is "${PN}" 6694 (i.e. the image from which the SDK is built). 6695 6696 The :term:`SDK_TARGETS` variable is an internal variable and typically 6697 would not be changed. 6698 6699 :term:`SDK_TITLE` 6700 The title to be printed when running the SDK installer. By default, 6701 this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or 6702 :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the 6703 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as 6704 follows:: 6705 6706 SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK" 6707 6708 For the default distribution "poky", 6709 :term:`SDK_TITLE` is set to "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)". 6710 6711 For information on how to change this default title, see the 6712 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the extensible sdk installer title`" 6713 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 6714 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 6715 6716 :term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL` 6717 An optional URL for an update server for the extensible SDK. If set, 6718 the value is used as the default update server when running 6719 ``devtool sdk-update`` within the extensible SDK. 6720 6721 :term:`SDK_VENDOR` 6722 Specifies the name of the SDK vendor. 6723 6724 :term:`SDK_VERSION` 6725 Specifies the version of the SDK. The Poky distribution configuration file 6726 (``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) sets the default 6727 :term:`SDK_VERSION` as follows:: 6728 6729 SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${METADATA_REVISION}', 'snapshot')}" 6730 6731 For additional information, see the 6732 :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` and 6733 :term:`METADATA_REVISION` variables. 6734 6735 :term:`SDKEXTPATH` 6736 The default installation directory for the Extensible SDK. By 6737 default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO` 6738 variable and is set in the 6739 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as 6740 follows:: 6741 6742 SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk" 6743 6744 For the 6745 default distribution "poky", the :term:`SDKEXTPATH` is set to "poky_sdk". 6746 6747 For information on how to change this default directory, see the 6748 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the default sdk installation directory`" 6749 section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the 6750 Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. 6751 6752 :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES` 6753 Equivalent to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. However, this variable applies to 6754 the SDK generated from an image using the following command:: 6755 6756 $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename 6757 6758 :term:`SDKMACHINE` 6759 The machine for which the SDK is built. In other words, the SDK is 6760 built such that it runs on the target you specify with the 6761 :term:`SDKMACHINE` value. The value points to a corresponding ``.conf`` 6762 file under ``conf/machine-sdk/``. 6763 6764 You can use "i686" and "x86_64" as possible values for this variable. 6765 The variable defaults to "i686" and is set in the local.conf file in 6766 the Build Directory. 6767 :: 6768 6769 SDKMACHINE ?= "i686" 6770 6771 .. note:: 6772 6773 You cannot set the :term:`SDKMACHINE` 6774 variable in your distribution configuration file. If you do, the 6775 configuration will not take affect. 6776 6777 :term:`SDKPATH` 6778 Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that 6779 is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. The path appears as 6780 the default location for installing the SDK when you run the SDK's 6781 installation script. You can override the offered path when you run 6782 the script. 6783 6784 :term:`SDKTARGETSYSROOT` 6785 The full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation within an SDK 6786 as it will be when installed into the default 6787 :term:`SDKPATH`. 6788 6789 :term:`SECTION` 6790 The section in which packages should be categorized. Package 6791 management utilities can make use of this variable. 6792 6793 :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` 6794 Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when 6795 building for the target. The flags are passed through the default 6796 value of the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` variable. 6797 6798 The :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` variable takes the value of 6799 :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION` unless :term:`DEBUG_BUILD` = "1", in which 6800 case the value of :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION` is used. 6801 6802 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE` 6803 Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using 6804 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a 6805 value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name 6806 separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device:: 6807 6808 SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0" 6809 6810 .. note:: 6811 6812 The :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE` variable is deprecated. Please use the 6813 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` variable. 6814 6815 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` 6816 Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using 6817 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a 6818 value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name 6819 separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices:: 6820 6821 SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1" 6822 6823 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK` 6824 Specifies serial consoles, which must be listed in 6825 :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`, to check against 6826 ``/proc/console`` before enabling them using getty. This variable 6827 allows aliasing in the format: <device>:<alias>. If a device was 6828 listed as "sclp_line0" in ``/dev/`` and "ttyS0" was listed in 6829 ``/proc/console``, you would do the following:: 6830 6831 SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "slcp_line0:ttyS0" 6832 6833 This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit (i.e. not 6834 with systemd). Note that :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK` also requires 6835 ``/etc/inittab`` to be writable when used with SysVinit. This makes it 6836 incompatible with customizations such as the following:: 6837 6838 EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES += "read-only-rootfs" 6839 6840 :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS` 6841 A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine 6842 signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from 6843 another recipe. For example:: 6844 6845 SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2" 6846 6847 In the previous example, ``intone`` depends on ``mplayer2``. 6848 6849 You can use the special token ``"*"`` on the left-hand side of the 6850 dependency to match all recipes except the one on the right-hand 6851 side. Here is an example:: 6852 6853 SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "*->quilt-native" 6854 6855 In the previous example, all recipes except ``quilt-native`` ignore 6856 task signatures from the ``quilt-native`` recipe when determining 6857 their task signatures. 6858 6859 Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies that 6860 affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a recipe changes. 6861 6862 .. note:: 6863 6864 If you add an inappropriate dependency for a recipe relationship, 6865 the software might break during runtime if the interface of the 6866 second recipe was changed after the first recipe had been built. 6867 6868 :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE` 6869 A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change. 6870 The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by output from the 6871 tasks run to build the recipe. Use of this variable is one way to 6872 remove dependencies from one recipe on another that affect task 6873 signatures and thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes. 6874 6875 .. note:: 6876 6877 If you add an inappropriate variable to this list, the software 6878 might break at runtime if the interface of the recipe was changed 6879 after the other had been built. 6880 6881 :term:`SITEINFO_BITS` 6882 Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. The value 6883 should be either "32" or "64". 6884 6885 :term:`SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS` 6886 Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value 6887 should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian. 6888 6889 :term:`SKIP_FILEDEPS` 6890 Enables removal of all files from the "Provides" section of an RPM 6891 package. Removal of these files is required for packages containing 6892 prebuilt binaries and libraries such as ``libstdc++`` and ``glibc``. 6893 6894 To enable file removal, set the variable to "1" in your 6895 ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file in your: 6896 :term:`Build Directory`. 6897 :: 6898 6899 SKIP_FILEDEPS = "1" 6900 6901 :term:`SOC_FAMILY` 6902 Groups together machines based upon the same family of SOC (System On 6903 Chip). You typically set this variable in a common ``.inc`` file that 6904 you include in the configuration files of all the machines. 6905 6906 .. note:: 6907 6908 You must include ``conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc`` for this 6909 variable to appear in :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. 6910 6911 :term:`SOLIBS` 6912 Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the target platform. 6913 By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based systems and is 6914 defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. 6915 6916 You will see this variable referenced in the default values of 6917 ``FILES:${PN}``. 6918 6919 :term:`SOLIBSDEV` 6920 Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link (symlink) for 6921 shared libraries on the target platform. By default, this suffix is 6922 ".so" for Linux-based systems and is defined in the 6923 ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. 6924 6925 You will see this variable referenced in the default values of 6926 ``FILES:${PN}-dev``. 6927 6928 :term:`SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH` 6929 This defines a date expressed in number of seconds since 6930 the UNIX EPOCH (01 Jan 1970 00:00:00 UTC), which is used by 6931 multiple build systems to force a timestamp in built binaries. 6932 Many upstream projects already support this variable. 6933 6934 You will find more details in the `official specifications 6935 <https://reproducible-builds.org/specs/source-date-epoch/>`__. 6936 6937 A value for each recipe is computed from the sources by 6938 :oe_git:`meta/lib/oe/reproducible.py </openembedded-core/tree/meta/lib/oe/reproducible.py>`. 6939 6940 If a recipe wishes to override the default behavior, it should set its 6941 own :term:`SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH` value:: 6942 6943 SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH = "1613559011" 6944 6945 :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH` 6946 When you are fetching files to create a mirror of sources (i.e. 6947 creating a source mirror), setting :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH` to "1" in 6948 your ``local.conf`` configuration file ensures the source for all 6949 recipes are fetched regardless of whether or not a recipe is 6950 compatible with the configuration. A recipe is considered 6951 incompatible with the currently configured machine when either or 6952 both the :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE` 6953 variable and :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` variables 6954 specify compatibility with a machine other than that of the current 6955 machine or host. 6956 6957 .. note:: 6958 6959 Do not set the :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH` 6960 variable unless you are creating a source mirror. In other words, 6961 do not set the variable during a normal build. 6962 6963 :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL` 6964 Defines your own :term:`PREMIRRORS` from which to 6965 first fetch source before attempting to fetch from the upstream 6966 specified in :term:`SRC_URI`. 6967 6968 To use this variable, you must globally inherit the 6969 :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>` class and then provide 6970 the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax:: 6971 6972 INHERIT += "own-mirrors" 6973 SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror" 6974 6975 .. note:: 6976 6977 You can specify only a single URL in :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`. 6978 6979 :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` 6980 Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts found in 6981 ``meta/files/common-licenses/``. For the default :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` 6982 mappings, see the ``meta/conf/licenses.conf`` file. 6983 6984 For additional information, see the :term:`LICENSE` 6985 variable. 6986 6987 :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` 6988 A list of prefixes for :term:`PN` used by the OpenEmbedded 6989 build system to create variants of recipes or packages. The list 6990 specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances such 6991 as the generation of the :term:`BPN` variable. 6992 6993 :term:`SPL_BINARY` 6994 The file type for the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). Some devices 6995 use an SPL from which to boot (e.g. the BeagleBone development 6996 board). For such cases, you can declare the file type of the SPL 6997 binary in the ``u-boot.inc`` include file, which is used in the 6998 U-Boot recipe. 6999 7000 The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc`` 7001 file as follows:: 7002 7003 # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that 7004 # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the 7005 # deploy directory. For those versions they can set the following variables 7006 # to allow packaging the SPL. 7007 SPL_BINARY ?= "" 7008 SPL_BINARYNAME ?= "${@os.path.basename(d.getVar("SPL_BINARY"))}" 7009 SPL_IMAGE ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}-${PV}-${PR}" 7010 SPL_SYMLINK ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}" 7011 7012 The :term:`SPL_BINARY` variable helps form 7013 various ``SPL_*`` variables used by the OpenEmbedded build system. 7014 7015 See the BeagleBone machine configuration example in the 7016 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`" 7017 section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package Developer's Guide 7018 for additional information. 7019 7020 :term:`SRC_URI` 7021 The list of source files - local or remote. This variable tells the 7022 OpenEmbedded build system which bits to pull in for the build and how 7023 to pull them in. For example, if the recipe or append file only needs 7024 to fetch a tarball from the Internet, the recipe or append file uses 7025 a single :term:`SRC_URI` entry. On the other hand, if the recipe or 7026 append file needs to fetch a tarball, apply two patches, and include 7027 a custom file, the recipe or append file would include four instances 7028 of the variable. 7029 7030 The following list explains the available URI protocols. URI 7031 protocols are highly dependent on particular BitBake Fetcher 7032 submodules. Depending on the fetcher BitBake uses, various URL 7033 parameters are employed. For specifics on the supported Fetchers, see 7034 the ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:fetchers`" section in the 7035 BitBake User Manual. 7036 7037 - ``file://`` - Fetches files, which are usually files shipped 7038 with the :term:`Metadata`, from the local machine (e.g. 7039 :ref:`patch <overview-manual/concepts:patching>` files). 7040 The path is relative to the :term:`FILESPATH` 7041 variable. Thus, the build system searches, in order, from the 7042 following directories, which are assumed to be a subdirectories of 7043 the directory in which the recipe file (``.bb``) or append file 7044 (``.bbappend``) resides: 7045 7046 - ``${BPN}`` - The base recipe name without any special suffix 7047 or version numbers. 7048 7049 - ``${BP}`` - ``${BPN}-${PV}``. The base recipe name and 7050 version but without any special package name suffix. 7051 7052 - *files -* Files within a directory, which is named ``files`` 7053 and is also alongside the recipe or append file. 7054 7055 .. note:: 7056 7057 If you want the build system to pick up files specified through 7058 a 7059 SRC_URI 7060 statement from your append file, you need to be sure to extend 7061 the 7062 FILESPATH 7063 variable by also using the 7064 FILESEXTRAPATHS 7065 variable from within your append file. 7066 7067 - ``bzr://`` - Fetches files from a Bazaar revision control 7068 repository. 7069 7070 - ``git://`` - Fetches files from a Git revision control 7071 repository. 7072 7073 - ``osc://`` - Fetches files from an OSC (openSUSE Build service) 7074 revision control repository. 7075 7076 - ``repo://`` - Fetches files from a repo (Git) repository. 7077 7078 - ``ccrc://`` - Fetches files from a ClearCase repository. 7079 7080 - ``http://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``http``. 7081 7082 - ``https://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``https``. 7083 7084 - ``ftp://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``ftp``. 7085 7086 - ``cvs://`` - Fetches files from a CVS revision control 7087 repository. 7088 7089 - ``hg://`` - Fetches files from a Mercurial (``hg``) revision 7090 control repository. 7091 7092 - ``p4://`` - Fetches files from a Perforce (``p4``) revision 7093 control repository. 7094 7095 - ``ssh://`` - Fetches files from a secure shell. 7096 7097 - ``svn://`` - Fetches files from a Subversion (``svn``) revision 7098 control repository. 7099 7100 - ``npm://`` - Fetches JavaScript modules from a registry. 7101 7102 - ``az://`` - Fetches files from an Azure Storage account. 7103 7104 There are standard and recipe-specific options for :term:`SRC_URI`. Here are 7105 standard ones: 7106 7107 - ``apply`` - Whether to apply the patch or not. The default 7108 action is to apply the patch. 7109 7110 - ``striplevel`` - Which striplevel to use when applying the 7111 patch. The default level is 1. 7112 7113 - ``patchdir`` - Specifies the directory in which the patch should 7114 be applied. The default is ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``. 7115 7116 Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision 7117 control system: 7118 7119 - ``mindate`` - Apply the patch only if 7120 :term:`SRCDATE` is equal to or greater than 7121 ``mindate``. 7122 7123 - ``maxdate`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCDATE` is not later 7124 than ``maxdate``. 7125 7126 - ``minrev`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is equal to or 7127 greater than ``minrev``. 7128 7129 - ``maxrev`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is not later 7130 than ``maxrev``. 7131 7132 - ``rev`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is equal to 7133 ``rev``. 7134 7135 - ``notrev`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is not equal to 7136 ``rev``. 7137 7138 Here are some additional options worth mentioning: 7139 7140 - ``unpack`` - Controls whether or not to unpack the file if it is 7141 an archive. The default action is to unpack the file. 7142 7143 - ``destsuffix`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into 7144 the specified subdirectory of :term:`WORKDIR` when 7145 the Git fetcher is used. 7146 7147 - ``subdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into the 7148 specified subdirectory of :term:`WORKDIR` when the local (``file://``) 7149 fetcher is used. 7150 7151 - ``localdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into 7152 the specified subdirectory of :term:`WORKDIR` when the CVS fetcher is 7153 used. 7154 7155 - ``subpath`` - Limits the checkout to a specific subpath of the 7156 tree when using the Git fetcher is used. 7157 7158 - ``name`` - Specifies a name to be used for association with 7159 :term:`SRC_URI` checksums or :term:`SRCREV` when you have more than one 7160 file or git repository specified in :term:`SRC_URI`. For example:: 7161 7162 SRC_URI = "git://example.com/foo.git;name=first \ 7163 git://example.com/bar.git;name=second \ 7164 http://example.com/file.tar.gz;name=third" 7165 7166 SRCREV_first = "f1d2d2f924e986ac86fdf7b36c94bcdf32beec15" 7167 SRCREV_second = "e242ed3bffccdf271b7fbaf34ed72d089537b42f" 7168 SRC_URI[third.sha256sum] = "13550350a8681c84c861aac2e5b440161c2b33a3e4f302ac680ca5b686de48de" 7169 7170 7171 - ``downloadfilename`` - Specifies the filename used when storing 7172 the downloaded file. 7173 7174 :term:`SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH` 7175 By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects 7176 whether :term:`SRC_URI` contains files that are machine-specific. If so, 7177 the build system automatically changes :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`. Setting this 7178 variable to "0" disables this behavior. 7179 7180 :term:`SRCDATE` 7181 The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable 7182 applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager 7183 (SCM). 7184 7185 :term:`SRCPV` 7186 Returns the version string of the current package. This string is 7187 used to help define the value of :term:`PV`. 7188 7189 The :term:`SRCPV` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` 7190 configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as 7191 follows:: 7192 7193 SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}" 7194 7195 Recipes that need to define :term:`PV` do so with the help of the 7196 :term:`SRCPV`. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``) 7197 located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory 7198 defines :term:`PV` as follows:: 7199 7200 PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}" 7201 7202 :term:`SRCREV` 7203 The revision of the source code used to build the package. This 7204 variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and Bazaar only. Note 7205 that if you want to build a fixed revision and you want to avoid 7206 performing a query on the remote repository every time BitBake parses 7207 your recipe, you should specify a :term:`SRCREV` that is a full revision 7208 identifier and not just a tag. 7209 7210 .. note:: 7211 7212 For information on limitations when inheriting the latest revision 7213 of software using :term:`SRCREV`, see the :term:`AUTOREV` variable 7214 description and the 7215 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`" 7216 section, which is in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 7217 7218 :term:`SRCTREECOVEREDTASKS` 7219 A list of tasks that are typically not relevant (and therefore skipped) 7220 when building using the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>` 7221 class. The default value as set in that class file is the set of tasks 7222 that are rarely needed when using external source:: 7223 7224 SRCTREECOVEREDTASKS ?= "do_patch do_unpack do_fetch" 7225 7226 The notable exception is when processing external kernel source as 7227 defined in the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` 7228 class file (formatted for aesthetics):: 7229 7230 SRCTREECOVEREDTASKS += "\ 7231 do_validate_branches \ 7232 do_kernel_configcheck \ 7233 do_kernel_checkout \ 7234 do_fetch \ 7235 do_unpack \ 7236 do_patch \ 7237 " 7238 7239 See the associated :term:`EXTERNALSRC` and :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD` 7240 variables for more information. 7241 7242 :term:`SSTATE_DIR` 7243 The directory for the shared state cache. 7244 7245 :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK` 7246 If set to "1", allows fetches from mirrors that are specified in 7247 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to work even when 7248 fetching from the network is disabled by setting :term:`BB_NO_NETWORK` to 7249 "1". Using the :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK` variable is useful if 7250 you have set :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to point to an internal server for 7251 your shared state cache, but you want to disable any other fetching 7252 from the network. 7253 7254 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` 7255 Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other mirror 7256 locations for prebuilt cache data objects before building out the 7257 data. This variable works like fetcher :term:`MIRRORS` 7258 and :term:`PREMIRRORS` and points to the cache 7259 locations to check for the shared state (sstate) objects. 7260 7261 You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP 7262 or FTP. The locations you specify need to contain the shared state 7263 cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. The sstate-cache 7264 you point to can also be from builds on other machines. 7265 7266 When pointing to sstate build artifacts on another machine that uses 7267 a different GCC version for native builds, you must configure 7268 :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` with a regular expression that maps local search 7269 paths to server paths. The paths need to take into account 7270 :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the 7271 :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class. For example, the 7272 following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` to the 7273 server-provided path server_url_sstate_path:: 7274 7275 SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) http://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1 \n" 7276 7277 If a mirror uses the same structure as 7278 :term:`SSTATE_DIR`, you need to add "PATH" at the 7279 end as shown in the examples below. The build system substitutes the 7280 correct path within the directory structure. 7281 :: 7282 7283 SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\ 7284 file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \ 7285 file://.* file:///some-local-dir/sstate/PATH" 7286 7287 :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` 7288 Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system scans for 7289 hardcoded installation paths. The variable uses a space-separated 7290 list of filenames (not paths) with standard wildcard characters 7291 allowed. 7292 7293 During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a shared state 7294 (sstate) object during the first stage of preparing the sysroots. 7295 That object is scanned for hardcoded paths for original installation 7296 locations. The list of files that are scanned for paths is controlled 7297 by the :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` variable. Typically, recipes add files 7298 they want to be scanned to the value of :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` rather 7299 than the variable being comprehensively set. The 7300 :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class specifies the default list 7301 of files. 7302 7303 For details on the process, see the 7304 :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. 7305 7306 :term:`STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE` 7307 Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7308 directory for the build host. 7309 7310 :term:`STAGING_BASELIBDIR` 7311 Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7312 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7313 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7314 7315 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR` 7316 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7317 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7318 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7319 7320 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS` 7321 Specifies the path to the directory containing binary configuration 7322 scripts. These scripts provide configuration information for other 7323 software that wants to make use of libraries or include files 7324 provided by the software associated with the script. 7325 7326 .. note:: 7327 7328 This style of build configuration has been largely replaced by 7329 ``pkg-config``. Consequently, if ``pkg-config`` is supported by the 7330 library to which you are linking, it is recommended you use 7331 ``pkg-config`` instead of a provided configuration script. 7332 7333 :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE` 7334 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7335 directory for the build host. 7336 7337 :term:`STAGING_DATADIR` 7338 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7339 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7340 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7341 7342 :term:`STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE` 7343 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7344 directory for the build host. 7345 7346 :term:`STAGING_DIR` 7347 Helps construct the ``recipe-sysroots`` directory, which is used 7348 during packaging. 7349 7350 For information on how staging for recipe-specific sysroots occurs, 7351 see the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` 7352 task, the ":ref:`sdk-manual/extensible:sharing files between recipes`" 7353 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual, the 7354 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:configuration, compilation, and staging`" 7355 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, and the 7356 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` variable. 7357 7358 .. note:: 7359 7360 Recipes should never write files directly under the :term:`STAGING_DIR` 7361 directory because the OpenEmbedded build system manages the 7362 directory automatically. Instead, files should be installed to 7363 ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` within your recipe's :ref:`ref-tasks-install` 7364 task and then the OpenEmbedded build system will stage a subset of 7365 those files into the sysroot. 7366 7367 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` 7368 Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system on which 7369 the component is built to run (the system that hosts the component). 7370 For most recipes, this sysroot is the one in which that recipe's 7371 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task copies 7372 files. Exceptions include ``-native`` recipes, where the 7373 ``do_populate_sysroot`` task instead uses 7374 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. Depending on 7375 the type of recipe and the build target, :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` can 7376 have the following values: 7377 7378 - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is 7379 "${:term:`STAGING_DIR`}/${:term:`MACHINE`}". 7380 7381 - For native recipes building for the build host, the value is empty 7382 given the assumption that when building for the build host, the 7383 build host's own directories should be used. 7384 7385 .. note:: 7386 7387 ``-native`` recipes are not installed into host paths like such 7388 as ``/usr``. Rather, these recipes are installed into 7389 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. When compiling ``-native`` recipes, 7390 standard build environment variables such as 7391 :term:`CPPFLAGS` and 7392 :term:`CFLAGS` are set up so that both host paths 7393 and :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE` are searched for libraries and 7394 headers using, for example, GCC's ``-isystem`` option. 7395 7396 Thus, the emphasis is that the ``STAGING_DIR*`` variables 7397 should be viewed as input variables by tasks such as 7398 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`, 7399 :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, and 7400 :ref:`ref-tasks-install`. Having the real system 7401 root correspond to :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` makes conceptual sense 7402 for ``-native`` recipes, as they make use of host headers and 7403 libraries. 7404 7405 :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE` 7406 Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when building 7407 components that run on the build host itself. 7408 7409 :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` 7410 Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for which the 7411 component generates code. For components that do not generate code, 7412 which is the majority, :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` is set to match 7413 :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`. 7414 7415 Some recipes build binaries that can run on the target system but 7416 those binaries in turn generate code for another different system 7417 (e.g. cross-canadian recipes). Using terminology from GNU, the 7418 primary system is referred to as the "HOST" and the secondary, or 7419 different, system is referred to as the "TARGET". Thus, the binaries 7420 run on the "HOST" system and generate binaries for the "TARGET" 7421 system. The :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` variable points to the sysroot used 7422 for the "HOST" system, while :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` points to the 7423 sysroot used for the "TARGET" system. 7424 7425 :term:`STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE` 7426 Specifies the path to the ``/etc`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7427 directory for the build host. 7428 7429 :term:`STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR` 7430 Specifies the path to the ``/usr`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7431 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7432 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7433 7434 :term:`STAGING_INCDIR` 7435 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the 7436 sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe being 7437 built (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7438 7439 :term:`STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE` 7440 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the 7441 sysroot directory for the build host. 7442 7443 :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR` 7444 Points to the directory containing the kernel build artifacts. 7445 Recipes building software that needs to access kernel build artifacts 7446 (e.g. ``systemtap-uprobes``) can look in the directory specified with 7447 the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR` variable to find these artifacts 7448 after the kernel has been built. 7449 7450 :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` 7451 The directory with kernel headers that are required to build 7452 out-of-tree modules. 7453 7454 :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR` 7455 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7456 directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built 7457 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`). 7458 7459 :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE` 7460 Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot 7461 directory for the build host. 7462 7463 :term:`STAMP` 7464 Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path 7465 to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and 7466 then appending additional information. Currently, the default 7467 assignment for :term:`STAMP` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` 7468 file is:: 7469 7470 STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}" 7471 7472 For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine if a 7473 task should be rerun, see the 7474 ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`" 7475 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. 7476 7477 See :term:`STAMPS_DIR`, 7478 :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`, 7479 :term:`PN`, :term:`EXTENDPE`, 7480 :term:`PV`, and :term:`PR` for related variable 7481 information. 7482 7483 :term:`STAMPS_DIR` 7484 Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system 7485 places stamps. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/stamps``. 7486 7487 :term:`STRIP` 7488 The minimal command and arguments to run ``strip``, which is used to 7489 strip symbols. 7490 7491 :term:`SUMMARY` 7492 The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for 7493 packaging systems such as ``opkg``, ``rpm``, or ``dpkg``. By default, 7494 :term:`SUMMARY` is used to define the 7495 :term:`DESCRIPTION` variable if :term:`DESCRIPTION` is 7496 not set in the recipe. 7497 7498 :term:`SVNDIR` 7499 The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion system are 7500 stored. 7501 7502 :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE` 7503 Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a 7504 console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as 7505 follows where "X" is the console number you want to use:: 7506 7507 SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX" 7508 7509 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class initially sets 7510 this variable to null but then checks for a value later. 7511 7512 :term:`SYSLINUX_OPTS` 7513 Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file. You need to set 7514 this variable in your recipe. If you want to list multiple options, 7515 separate the options with a semicolon character (``;``). 7516 7517 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class uses this variable 7518 to create a set of options. 7519 7520 :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL` 7521 Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off 7522 serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The 7523 variable's default value is set in the 7524 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows:: 7525 7526 SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200" 7527 7528 The class checks for and uses the variable as needed. 7529 7530 :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY` 7531 Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The 7532 variable's default value is set in the 7533 :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows:: 7534 7535 SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200" 7536 7537 The class checks for and uses the variable as needed. 7538 7539 :term:`SYSLINUX_SPLASH` 7540 An ``.LSS`` file used as the background for the VGA boot menu when 7541 you use the boot menu. You need to set this variable in your recipe. 7542 7543 The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks for this 7544 variable and if found, the OpenEmbedded build system installs the 7545 splash screen. 7546 7547 :term:`SYSROOT_DESTDIR` 7548 Points to the temporary directory under the work directory (default 7549 "``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/sysroot-destdir``") 7550 where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled during the 7551 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. 7552 7553 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` 7554 Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the 7555 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By 7556 default, the following directories are staged:: 7557 7558 SYSROOT_DIRS = " \ 7559 ${includedir} \ 7560 ${libdir} \ 7561 ${base_libdir} \ 7562 ${nonarch_base_libdir} \ 7563 ${datadir} \ 7564 /sysroot-only \ 7565 " 7566 7567 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST` 7568 Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the 7569 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You 7570 can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of 7571 directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from 7572 staging. By default, the following directories are not staged:: 7573 7574 SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \ 7575 ${mandir} \ 7576 ${docdir} \ 7577 ${infodir} \ 7578 ${datadir}/X11/locale \ 7579 ${datadir}/applications \ 7580 ${datadir}/bash-completion \ 7581 ${datadir}/fonts \ 7582 ${datadir}/gtk-doc/html \ 7583 ${datadir}/installed-tests \ 7584 ${datadir}/locale \ 7585 ${datadir}/pixmaps \ 7586 ${datadir}/terminfo \ 7587 ${libdir}/${BPN}/ptest \ 7588 " 7589 7590 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE` 7591 Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the 7592 :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for 7593 ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in 7594 :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following 7595 extra directories are staged:: 7596 7597 SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \ 7598 ${bindir} \ 7599 ${sbindir} \ 7600 ${base_bindir} \ 7601 ${base_sbindir} \ 7602 ${libexecdir} \ 7603 ${sysconfdir} \ 7604 ${localstatedir} \ 7605 " 7606 7607 .. note:: 7608 7609 Programs built by ``-native`` recipes run directly from the sysroot 7610 (:term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`), which is why additional directories 7611 containing program executables and supporting files need to be staged. 7612 7613 :term:`SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS` 7614 A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the 7615 sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional 7616 processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files. 7617 7618 :term:`SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE` 7619 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class, 7620 this variable specifies whether the specified service in 7621 :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start 7622 automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to 7623 automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the 7624 :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class as follows:: 7625 7626 SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable" 7627 7628 You can disable the service by setting the variable to "disable". 7629 7630 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` 7631 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to 7632 "systemd-boot", the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` variable specifies the 7633 configuration file that should be used. By default, the 7634 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the 7635 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` as follows:: 7636 7637 SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${:term:`S`}/loader.conf" 7638 7639 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot 7640 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. 7641 7642 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` 7643 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to 7644 "systemd-boot", the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` variable specifies a 7645 list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot 7646 entry per file. By default, the 7647 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the 7648 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` as follows:: 7649 7650 SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= "" 7651 7652 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot 7653 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. 7654 7655 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` 7656 When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to 7657 "systemd-boot", the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` variable specifies the 7658 boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the 7659 :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the 7660 :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` as follows:: 7661 7662 SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10" 7663 7664 For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot 7665 documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__. 7666 7667 :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` 7668 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class, 7669 this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found 7670 in the main recipe's package. By default, the :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` 7671 variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to 7672 reside in the recipes main package:: 7673 7674 SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}" 7675 7676 If these unit files are not in this recipe's main package, you need 7677 to use :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` to list the package or packages in which 7678 the build system can find the systemd unit files. 7679 7680 :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` 7681 When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class, 7682 this variable specifies the systemd service name for a package. 7683 7684 When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name 7685 override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is 7686 an example from the connman recipe:: 7687 7688 SYSTEMD_SERVICE:${PN} = "connman.service" 7689 7690 :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS` 7691 When using 7692 :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`, 7693 specifies a space-separated list of the virtual terminals that should 7694 run a `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ 7695 (allowing login), assuming :term:`USE_VT` is not set to 7696 "0". 7697 7698 The default value for :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS` is "1" (i.e. only 7699 run a getty on the first virtual terminal). 7700 7701 :term:`T` 7702 This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary 7703 files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a 7704 particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows:: 7705 7706 T = "${WORKDIR}/temp" 7707 7708 The :term:`WORKDIR` is the directory into which 7709 BitBake unpacks and builds the recipe. The default ``bitbake.conf`` 7710 file sets this variable. 7711 7712 The :term:`T` variable is not to be confused with the 7713 :term:`TMPDIR` variable, which points to the root of 7714 the directory tree where BitBake places the output of an entire 7715 build. 7716 7717 :term:`TARGET_ARCH` 7718 The target machine's architecture. The OpenEmbedded build system 7719 supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures 7720 supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is 7721 configurable: 7722 7723 - arm 7724 - i586 7725 - x86_64 7726 - powerpc 7727 - powerpc64 7728 - mips 7729 - mipsel 7730 7731 For additional information on machine architectures, see the 7732 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` variable. 7733 7734 :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH` 7735 Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target 7736 system. :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH` is initialized from 7737 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake 7738 configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):: 7739 7740 TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}" 7741 7742 :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` 7743 Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target 7744 system. :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` is initialized from 7745 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` by default. 7746 7747 .. note:: 7748 7749 It is a common workaround to append :term:`LDFLAGS` to 7750 :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` in recipes that build software for the target that 7751 would not otherwise respect the exported :term:`LDFLAGS` variable. 7752 7753 :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH` 7754 This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or Application 7755 Binary Interface (ABI) tune. The flag is used rarely and only for 7756 cases where a userspace :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is not 7757 compatible with the kernel compilation. The :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH` 7758 variable allows the kernel (and associated modules) to use a 7759 different configuration. See the 7760 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/feature-arm-thumb.inc`` file in the 7761 :term:`Source Directory` for an example. 7762 7763 :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` 7764 Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the 7765 target. When building in the target context, 7766 :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by 7767 default. 7768 7769 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the :term:`CFLAGS` 7770 variable in the environment to the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` value so that 7771 executables built using the SDK also have the flags applied. 7772 7773 :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` 7774 Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the 7775 C and the C++ compilers) when building for the target. When building 7776 in the target context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set to the 7777 value of this variable by default. 7778 7779 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the 7780 :term:`CPPFLAGS` variable in the environment to the :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` 7781 value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags 7782 applied. 7783 7784 :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` 7785 Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the 7786 target. When building in the target context, 7787 :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 7788 by default. 7789 7790 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the 7791 :term:`CXXFLAGS` variable in the environment to the :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` 7792 value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags 7793 applied. 7794 7795 :term:`TARGET_FPU` 7796 Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets, 7797 which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to "soft". If 7798 not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance 7799 penalty. 7800 7801 :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH` 7802 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system. 7803 :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH` is initialized from 7804 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake 7805 configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):: 7806 7807 TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}" 7808 7809 :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` 7810 Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the 7811 target. When building in the target context, 7812 :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable 7813 by default. 7814 7815 Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the 7816 :term:`LDFLAGS` variable in the environment to the 7817 :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` value so that executables built using the SDK also 7818 have the flags applied. 7819 7820 :term:`TARGET_OS` 7821 Specifies the target's operating system. The variable can be set to 7822 "linux" for glibc-based systems (GNU C Library) and to "linux-musl" 7823 for musl libc. For ARM/EABI targets, the possible values are 7824 "linux-gnueabi" and "linux-musleabi". 7825 7826 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` 7827 Specifies the prefix used for the toolchain binary target tools. 7828 7829 Depending on the type of recipe and the build target, 7830 :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` is set as follows: 7831 7832 - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is 7833 "${:term:`TARGET_SYS`}-". 7834 7835 - For native recipes, the build system sets the variable to the 7836 value of :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`. 7837 7838 - For native SDK recipes (``nativesdk``), the build system sets the 7839 variable to the value of :term:`SDK_PREFIX`. 7840 7841 :term:`TARGET_SYS` 7842 Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating 7843 system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the 7844 current recipe. 7845 7846 The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based 7847 on :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, 7848 :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`, and 7849 :term:`TARGET_OS` variables. 7850 7851 .. note:: 7852 7853 You do not need to set the :term:`TARGET_SYS` variable yourself. 7854 7855 Consider these two examples: 7856 7857 - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit, x86 machine running Linux, the 7858 value is "i686-linux". 7859 7860 - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian, MIPS target 7861 running Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux". 7862 7863 :term:`TARGET_VENDOR` 7864 Specifies the name of the target vendor. 7865 7866 :term:`TCLIBC` 7867 Specifies the GNU standard C library (``libc``) variant to use during 7868 the build process. This variable replaces ``POKYLIBC``, which is no 7869 longer supported. 7870 7871 You can select "glibc", "musl", "newlib", or "baremetal" 7872 7873 :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` 7874 Specifies a suffix to be appended onto the 7875 :term:`TMPDIR` value. The suffix identifies the 7876 ``libc`` variant for building. When you are building for multiple 7877 variants with the same :term:`Build Directory`, this 7878 mechanism ensures that output for different ``libc`` variants is kept 7879 separate to avoid potential conflicts. 7880 7881 In the ``defaultsetup.conf`` file, the default value of 7882 :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` is "-${TCLIBC}". However, distros such as poky, 7883 which normally only support one ``libc`` variant, set 7884 :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` to "" in their distro configuration file resulting 7885 in no suffix being applied. 7886 7887 :term:`TCMODE` 7888 Specifies the toolchain selector. :term:`TCMODE` controls the 7889 characteristics of the generated packages and images by telling the 7890 OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use. By default, 7891 the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own internal toolchain. The 7892 variable's default value is "default", which uses that internal 7893 toolchain. 7894 7895 .. note:: 7896 7897 If :term:`TCMODE` is set to a value other than "default", then it is your 7898 responsibility to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the 7899 default toolchain. Using older or newer versions of these 7900 components might cause build problems. See the Release Notes for 7901 the Yocto Project release for the specific components with which 7902 the toolchain must be compatible. To access the Release Notes, go 7903 to the :yocto_home:`Downloads </software-overview/downloads>` 7904 page on the Yocto Project website and click on the "RELEASE 7905 INFORMATION" link for the appropriate release. 7906 7907 The :term:`TCMODE` variable is similar to :term:`TCLIBC`, 7908 which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library (``libc``) 7909 used during the build process: ``glibc`` or ``musl``. 7910 7911 With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled external 7912 toolchain. One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. The support for 7913 this toolchain resides in the separate Mentor Graphics 7914 ``meta-sourcery`` layer at 7915 https://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/. 7916 7917 The layer's ``README`` file contains information on how to use the 7918 Sourcery G++ Toolchain as an external toolchain. In summary, you must 7919 be sure to add the layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` file in front of 7920 the ``meta`` layer and then set the ``EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN`` variable 7921 in your ``local.conf`` file to the location in which you installed 7922 the toolchain. 7923 7924 The fundamentals used for this example apply to any external 7925 toolchain. You can use ``meta-sourcery`` as a template for adding 7926 support for other external toolchains. 7927 7928 :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR` 7929 The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export tests when 7930 the :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` variable is set 7931 to "1". 7932 7933 The :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR` variable defaults to 7934 ``"${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}"``. 7935 7936 :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` 7937 Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you 7938 do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a 7939 manner that you to run them outside of the build system. 7940 7941 :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR` 7942 Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. The 7943 :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR` variable defaults to ``"${WORKDIR}/testimage"``. 7944 7945 .. note:: 7946 7947 Actual test results reside in the task log (``log.do_testimage``), 7948 which is in the ``${WORKDIR}/temp/`` directory. 7949 7950 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD` 7951 For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to 7952 control the power of the target machine under test. Typically, this 7953 command would point to a script that performs the appropriate action 7954 (e.g. interacting with a web-enabled power strip). The specified 7955 command should expect to receive as the last argument "off", "on" or 7956 "cycle" specifying to power off, on, or cycle (power off and then 7957 power on) the device, respectively. 7958 7959 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` 7960 For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to 7961 pass through to the command specified in 7962 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`. Setting 7963 :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` is optional. You can use it if you 7964 wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and 7965 non-machine-specific parts of the arguments. 7966 7967 :term:`TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT` 7968 The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before automated 7969 runtime tests begin to run against an image. The default timeout 7970 period to allow the boot process to reach the login prompt is 500 7971 seconds. You can specify a different value in the ``local.conf`` 7972 file. 7973 7974 For more information on testing images, see the 7975 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`" 7976 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 7977 7978 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD` 7979 For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to 7980 connect to the serial console of the target machine under test. This 7981 command simply needs to connect to the serial console and forward 7982 that connection to standard input and output as any normal terminal 7983 program does. 7984 7985 For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device 7986 ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows:: 7987 7988 TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200" 7989 7990 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` 7991 For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to 7992 pass through to the command specified in 7993 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`. Setting 7994 :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` is optional. You can use it if you 7995 wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and 7996 non-machine-specific parts of the command. 7997 7998 :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP` 7999 The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address 8000 is usually automatically detected. However, if detection fails, this 8001 variable needs to be set to the IP address of the build machine (i.e. 8002 where the build is taking place). 8003 8004 .. note:: 8005 8006 The :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP` variable is only used for a small number of 8007 tests such as the "dnf" test suite, which needs to download packages 8008 from ``WORKDIR/oe-rootfs-repo``. 8009 8010 :term:`TEST_SUITES` 8011 An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when 8012 performing automated runtime testing. 8013 8014 The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests that can 8015 be used against images. 8016 8017 .. note:: 8018 8019 Currently, there is only support for running these tests under 8020 QEMU. 8021 8022 Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add 8023 your own tests to the list of tests by appending :term:`TEST_SUITES` as 8024 follows:: 8025 8026 TEST_SUITES:append = " mytest" 8027 8028 Alternatively, you can 8029 provide the "auto" option to have all applicable tests run against 8030 the image. 8031 :: 8032 8033 TEST_SUITES:append = " auto" 8034 8035 Using this option causes the 8036 build system to automatically run tests that are applicable to the 8037 image. Tests that are not applicable are skipped. 8038 8039 The order in which tests are run is important. Tests that depend on 8040 another test must appear later in the list than the test on which 8041 they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two 8042 tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on 8043 ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows:: 8044 8045 TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B" 8046 8047 For more information on testing images, see the 8048 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`" 8049 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 8050 8051 :term:`TEST_TARGET` 8052 Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a 8053 test image. The default controller to use is "qemu":: 8054 8055 TEST_TARGET = "qemu" 8056 8057 A target controller is a class that defines how an image gets 8058 deployed on a target and how a target is started. A layer can extend 8059 the controllers by adding a module in the layer's 8060 ``/lib/oeqa/controllers`` directory and by inheriting the 8061 ``BaseTarget`` class, which is an abstract class that cannot be used 8062 as a value of :term:`TEST_TARGET`. 8063 8064 You can provide the following arguments with :term:`TEST_TARGET`: 8065 8066 - *"qemu":* Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. See the 8067 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on qemu`" section 8068 in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more 8069 information. 8070 8071 - *"simpleremote":* Runs the tests on target hardware that is 8072 already up and running. The hardware can be on the network or it 8073 can be a device running an image on QEMU. You must also set 8074 :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` when you use 8075 "simpleremote". 8076 8077 .. note:: 8078 8079 This argument is defined in 8080 ``meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/simpleremote.py``. 8081 8082 For information on running tests on hardware, see the 8083 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on hardware`" 8084 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. 8085 8086 :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` 8087 The IP address of your hardware under test. The :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` 8088 variable has no effect when :term:`TEST_TARGET` is 8089 set to "qemu". 8090 8091 When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is 8092 an example:: 8093 8094 TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201" 8095 8096 Specifying a port is 8097 useful when SSH is started on a non-standard port or in cases when 8098 your hardware under test is behind a firewall or network that is not 8099 directly accessible from your host and you need to do port address 8100 translation. 8101 8102 :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO` 8103 Automatically runs the series of automated tests for images when an 8104 image is successfully built. Setting :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO` to "1" causes 8105 any image that successfully builds to automatically boot under QEMU. 8106 Using the variable also adds in dependencies so that any SDK for 8107 which testing is requested is automatically built first. 8108 8109 These tests are written in Python making use of the ``unittest`` 8110 module, and the majority of them run commands on the target system 8111 over ``ssh``. You can set this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` 8112 file in the :term:`Build Directory` to have the 8113 OpenEmbedded build system automatically run these tests after an 8114 image successfully builds: 8115 8116 TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1" 8117 8118 For more information 8119 on enabling, running, and writing these tests, see the 8120 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`" 8121 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the 8122 ":ref:`testimage*.bbclass <ref-classes-testimage*>`" section. 8123 8124 :term:`THISDIR` 8125 The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is 8126 located. Do not manually set this variable. 8127 8128 :term:`TIME` 8129 The time the build was started. Times appear using the hour, minute, 8130 and second (HMS) format (e.g. "140159" for one minute and fifty-nine 8131 seconds past 1400 hours). 8132 8133 :term:`TMPDIR` 8134 This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded build system 8135 uses for all build output and intermediate files (other than the 8136 shared state cache). By default, the :term:`TMPDIR` variable points to 8137 ``tmp`` within the :term:`Build Directory`. 8138 8139 If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the 8140 default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the 8141 ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`:: 8142 8143 #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp" 8144 8145 An example use for this scenario is to set :term:`TMPDIR` to a local disk, 8146 which does not use NFS, while having the Build Directory use NFS. 8147 8148 The filesystem used by :term:`TMPDIR` must have standard filesystem 8149 semantics (i.e. mixed-case files are unique, POSIX file locking, and 8150 persistent inodes). Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some 8151 implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum requirement. 8152 Consequently, :term:`TMPDIR` cannot be on NFS. 8153 8154 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK` 8155 This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when 8156 building an SDK, which contains a cross-development environment. The 8157 packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set 8158 that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each 8159 package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example, 8160 consider the following command when building an SDK:: 8161 8162 $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename 8163 8164 In this case, a default list of packages is 8165 set in this variable, but you can add additional packages to the 8166 list. See the 8167 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section 8168 in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible 8169 Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information. 8170 8171 For background information on cross-development toolchains in the 8172 Yocto Project development environment, see the 8173 ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`" 8174 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For 8175 information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the 8176 :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual. 8177 8178 Note that this variable applies to building an SDK, not an eSDK, 8179 in which case the term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK_ESDK` setting should be 8180 used instead. 8181 8182 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK_ESDK` 8183 This variable allows to extend what is installed in the host 8184 portion of an eSDK. This is similar to :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK` 8185 applying to SDKs. 8186 8187 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` 8188 This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The 8189 :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets 8190 the :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variable as follows:: 8191 8192 TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}" 8193 8194 See 8195 the :term:`SDK_NAME` and 8196 :term:`SDK_VERSION` variables for additional 8197 information. 8198 8199 :term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK` 8200 This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when 8201 it creates the target part of an SDK (i.e. the part built for the 8202 target hardware), which includes libraries and headers. Use this 8203 variable to add individual packages to the part of the SDK that runs 8204 on the target. See the 8205 ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section 8206 in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible 8207 Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information. 8208 8209 For background information on cross-development toolchains in the 8210 Yocto Project development environment, see the 8211 ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`" 8212 section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For 8213 information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the 8214 :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual. 8215 8216 :term:`TOPDIR` 8217 The top-level :term:`Build Directory`. BitBake 8218 automatically sets this variable when you initialize your build 8219 environment using :ref:`structure-core-script`. 8220 8221 :term:`TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH` 8222 A sanitized version of :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. This 8223 variable is used where the architecture is needed in a value where 8224 underscores are not allowed, for example within package filenames. In 8225 this case, dash characters replace any underscore characters used in 8226 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. 8227 8228 Do not edit this variable. 8229 8230 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` 8231 The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture (i.e. 8232 ``arm``, ``armeb``, ``mips``, ``mips64``, and so forth). BitBake uses 8233 this value to setup configuration. 8234 8235 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` definitions are specific to a given architecture. The 8236 definitions can be a single static definition, or can be dynamically 8237 adjusted. You can see details for a given CPU family by looking at 8238 the architecture's ``README`` file. For example, the 8239 ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/README`` file in the 8240 :term:`Source Directory` provides information for 8241 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` specific to the ``mips`` architecture. 8242 8243 :term:`TUNE_ARCH` is tied closely to 8244 :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target 8245 machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file 8246 (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets :term:`TARGET_ARCH` as follows:: 8247 8248 TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}" 8249 8250 The following list, which is by no means complete since architectures 8251 are configurable, shows supported machine architectures: 8252 8253 - arm 8254 - i586 8255 - x86_64 8256 - powerpc 8257 - powerpc64 8258 - mips 8259 - mipsel 8260 8261 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` 8262 Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target 8263 system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. 8264 :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` is set using the tune include files, which are 8265 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced 8266 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the 8267 ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags 8268 for the x86 architecture as follows:: 8269 8270 TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}" 8271 8272 .. note:: 8273 8274 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, 8275 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can 8276 supply its own set of flags). 8277 8278 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` 8279 Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target 8280 system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. 8281 :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is set using the tune include files, which are 8282 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced 8283 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. 8284 8285 .. note:: 8286 8287 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, 8288 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can 8289 supply its own set of flags). 8290 8291 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES` 8292 Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use given a specific 8293 processor. The features are defined within the tune files and allow 8294 arguments (i.e. ``TUNE_*ARGS``) to be dynamically generated based on 8295 the features. 8296 8297 The OpenEmbedded build system verifies the features to be sure they 8298 are not conflicting and that they are supported. 8299 8300 The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines 8301 :term:`TUNE_FEATURES` as follows:: 8302 8303 TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES:tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}" 8304 8305 See the :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` variable for more information. 8306 8307 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` 8308 Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system. 8309 The set of flags is based on the selected tune features. 8310 :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` is set using the tune include files, which are 8311 typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced 8312 through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the 8313 ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags 8314 for the x86 architecture as follows:: 8315 8316 TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}" 8317 8318 .. note:: 8319 8320 Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune, 8321 in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can 8322 supply its own set of flags). 8323 8324 :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` 8325 The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define 8326 the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific 8327 tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows:: 8328 8329 TUNE_PKGARCH:tune-tune = "tune" 8330 8331 These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine 8332 include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in 8333 the ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/tune-core2.inc`` file:: 8334 8335 TUNE_PKGARCH:tune-core2-32 = "core2-32" 8336 8337 :term:`TUNEABI` 8338 An underlying Application Binary Interface (ABI) used by a particular 8339 tuning in a given toolchain layer. Providers that use prebuilt 8340 libraries can use the :term:`TUNEABI`, 8341 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and 8342 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variables to check 8343 compatibility of tunings against their selection of libraries. 8344 8345 If :term:`TUNEABI` is undefined, then every tuning is allowed. See the 8346 :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the variable is 8347 used. 8348 8349 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE` 8350 If set, the OpenEmbedded system ignores the 8351 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variable. 8352 Providers that use prebuilt libraries can use the 8353 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST`, and 8354 :term:`TUNEABI` variables to check compatibility of a 8355 tuning against their selection of libraries. 8356 8357 See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the 8358 variable is used. 8359 8360 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` 8361 A whitelist of permissible :term:`TUNEABI` values. If 8362 :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` is not set, all tunes are allowed. Providers 8363 that use prebuilt libraries can use the :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST`, 8364 :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and :term:`TUNEABI` 8365 variables to check compatibility of a tuning against their selection 8366 of libraries. 8367 8368 See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the 8369 variable is used. 8370 8371 :term:`TUNECONFLICTS[feature]` 8372 Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning features 8373 that conflict with feature. 8374 8375 Known tuning conflicts are specified in the machine include files in 8376 the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from 8377 the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file 8378 that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32" 8379 feature:: 8380 8381 TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64" 8382 8383 :term:`TUNEVALID[feature]` 8384 Specifies a valid CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning 8385 feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features 8386 are specified in the machine include files (e.g. 8387 ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example 8388 from that file:: 8389 8390 TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode." 8391 8392 See the machine include files in the :term:`Source Directory` 8393 for these features. 8394 8395 :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG` 8396 Configures the :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` and can 8397 also define :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` for individual 8398 cases. 8399 8400 Following is an example from the ``meta-fsl-arm`` layer. :: 8401 8402 UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd" 8403 UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard" 8404 UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config" 8405 UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs" 8406 UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config" 8407 8408 In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration of the possible four for the 8409 :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`. The "sd" configuration defines 8410 "mx6qsabreauto_config" as the value for :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`, while the 8411 "sdcard" specifies the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to use for the U-Boot image. 8412 8413 For more information on how the :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG` is handled, see the 8414 :ref:`uboot-config <ref-classes-uboot-config>` 8415 class. 8416 8417 :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS` 8418 Specifies the load address for the dtb image used by U-Boot. During FIT 8419 image creation, the :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS` variable is used in 8420 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify 8421 the load address to be used in 8422 creating the dtb sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image. 8423 8424 :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS` 8425 Specifies the load address for the dtbo image used by U-Boot. During FIT 8426 image creation, the :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS` variable is used in 8427 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the load address to be used in 8428 creating the dtbo sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image. 8429 8430 :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT` 8431 Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image 8432 creation, the :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT` variable is passed as a 8433 command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility. 8434 8435 :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS` 8436 Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image 8437 creation, the :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS` variable is passed as a 8438 command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility. 8439 8440 :term:`UBOOT_LOCALVERSION` 8441 Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot 8442 image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built 8443 was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be 8444 "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement:: 8445 8446 UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto" 8447 8448 :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` 8449 Specifies the value passed on the ``make`` command line when building 8450 a U-Boot image. The value indicates the target platform 8451 configuration. You typically set this variable from the machine 8452 configuration file (i.e. ``conf/machine/machine_name.conf``). 8453 8454 Please see the "Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type" 8455 section in the U-Boot README for valid values for this variable. 8456 8457 :term:`UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET` 8458 Specifies the target called in the ``Makefile``. The default target 8459 is "all". 8460 8461 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE` 8462 Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the 8463 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to assemble 8464 the FIT image. This can be used to substitute an alternative command, wrapper 8465 script or function if desired. The default is "uboot-mkimage". 8466 8467 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS` 8468 Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D' 8469 feature while creating FIT image in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class. 8470 If :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS` is not set then kernel-fitimage will not 8471 pass the ``-D`` option to mkimage. 8472 8473 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN` 8474 Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the 8475 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to sign 8476 the FIT image after it has been assembled (if enabled). This can be used 8477 to substitute an alternative command, wrapper script or function if 8478 desired. The default is "${:term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE`}". 8479 8480 :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN_ARGS` 8481 Optionally specifies additional arguments for the 8482 :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to pass to the 8483 mkimage command when signing the FIT image. 8484 8485 :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT` 8486 Specifies the entrypoint for the RAM disk image. 8487 During FIT image creation, the 8488 :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT` variable is used 8489 in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the 8490 entrypoint to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for 8491 the FIT image. 8492 8493 :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS` 8494 Specifies the load address for the RAM disk image. 8495 During FIT image creation, the 8496 :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS` variable is used 8497 in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the 8498 load address to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for 8499 the FIT image. 8500 8501 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE` 8502 Enable signing of FIT image. The default value is "0". 8503 8504 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` 8505 Location of the directory containing the RSA key and 8506 certificate used for signing FIT image. 8507 8508 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` 8509 The name of keys used for signing U-Boot FIT image stored in 8510 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory. For e.g. dev.key key and dev.crt 8511 certificate stored in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory will have 8512 :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` set to "dev". 8513 8514 :term:`UBOOT_SUFFIX` 8515 Points to the generated U-Boot extension. For example, ``u-boot.sb`` 8516 has a ``.sb`` extension. 8517 8518 The default U-Boot extension is ``.bin`` 8519 8520 :term:`UBOOT_TARGET` 8521 Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. The target is passed 8522 directly as part of the "make" command (e.g. SPL and AIS). If you do 8523 not specifically set this variable, the OpenEmbedded build process 8524 passes and uses "all" for the target during the U-Boot building 8525 process. 8526 8527 :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST` 8528 Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the configure script 8529 as being invalid, should not generate a warning during the 8530 :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. Normally, invalid 8531 configure options are simply not passed to the configure script (e.g. 8532 should be removed from :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or 8533 :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`). 8534 However, there are common options that are passed to all 8535 configure scripts at a class level, but might not be valid for some 8536 configure scripts. Therefore warnings about these options are useless. 8537 For these cases, the options are added to :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`. 8538 8539 The configure arguments check that uses 8540 :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST` is part of the 8541 :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class and is only enabled if the 8542 recipe inherits the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class. 8543 8544 :term:`UPDATERCPN` 8545 For recipes inheriting the 8546 :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class, :term:`UPDATERCPN` 8547 specifies the package that contains the initscript that is enabled. 8548 8549 The default value is "${PN}". Given that almost all recipes that 8550 install initscripts package them in the main package for the recipe, 8551 you rarely need to set this variable in individual recipes. 8552 8553 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS` 8554 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream 8555 source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. If 8556 the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, but 8557 releases are not identified by Git tags, set :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS` 8558 to ``1`` in the recipe, and the OpenEmbedded build system 8559 will compare the latest commit with the one currently specified 8560 by the recipe (:term:`SRCREV`). 8561 :: 8562 8563 UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS = "1" 8564 8565 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` 8566 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream 8567 source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. If 8568 the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, the 8569 OpenEmbedded build system determines the latest upstream version by 8570 picking the latest tag from the list of all repository tags. 8571 8572 You can use the :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` variable to provide a 8573 regular expression to filter only the relevant tags should the 8574 default filter not work correctly. 8575 :: 8576 8577 UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX = "git_tag_regex" 8578 8579 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX` 8580 Use the :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX` variable to specify a different 8581 regular expression instead of the default one when the package 8582 checking system is parsing the page found using 8583 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`. 8584 :: 8585 8586 UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX = "package_regex" 8587 8588 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI` 8589 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream 8590 source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. If 8591 the source code is provided from tarballs, the latest version is 8592 determined by fetching the directory listing where the tarball is and 8593 attempting to find a later tarball. When this approach does not work, 8594 you can use :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI` to provide a different URI that 8595 contains the link to the latest tarball. 8596 :: 8597 8598 UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI = "recipe_url" 8599 8600 :term:`UPSTREAM_VERSION_UNKNOWN` 8601 You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream 8602 source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. 8603 If no combination of the :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`, :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`, 8604 :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` and :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS` variables in 8605 the recipe allows to determine what the latest upstream version is, 8606 you can set :term:`UPSTREAM_VERSION_UNKNOWN` to ``1`` in the recipe 8607 to acknowledge that the check cannot be performed. 8608 :: 8609 8610 UPSTREAM_VERSION_UNKNOWN = "1" 8611 8612 :term:`USE_DEVFS` 8613 Determines if ``devtmpfs`` is used for ``/dev`` population. The 8614 default value used for :term:`USE_DEVFS` is "1" when no value is 8615 specifically set. Typically, you would set :term:`USE_DEVFS` to "0" for a 8616 statically populated ``/dev`` directory. 8617 8618 See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:selecting a device manager`" section in 8619 the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how to 8620 use this variable. 8621 8622 :term:`USE_VT` 8623 When using 8624 :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`, 8625 determines whether or not to run a 8626 `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ on any 8627 virtual terminals in order to enable logging in through those 8628 terminals. 8629 8630 The default value used for :term:`USE_VT` is "1" when no default value is 8631 specifically set. Typically, you would set :term:`USE_VT` to "0" in the 8632 machine configuration file for machines that do not have a graphical 8633 display attached and therefore do not need virtual terminal 8634 functionality. 8635 8636 :term:`USER_CLASSES` 8637 A list of classes to globally inherit. These classes are used by the 8638 OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features (e.g. 8639 ``buildstats``, ``image-prelink``, and so forth). 8640 8641 The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file:: 8642 8643 USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-prelink" 8644 8645 For more information, see 8646 ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample`` in the :term:`Source Directory`. 8647 8648 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` 8649 If set to ``error``, forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce 8650 an error if the user identification (``uid``) and group 8651 identification (``gid``) values are not defined in any of the files 8652 listed in :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and 8653 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`. If set to 8654 ``warn``, a warning will be issued instead. 8655 8656 The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically apply 8657 ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. Consequently, the 8658 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable is by default not set. If you plan 8659 on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should 8660 set the :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable in your ``local.conf`` 8661 file as follows:: 8662 8663 USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error" 8664 8665 Overriding the 8666 default behavior implies you are going to also take steps to set 8667 static ``uid`` and ``gid`` values through use of the 8668 :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`, 8669 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`, and 8670 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables. 8671 8672 .. note:: 8673 8674 There is a difference in behavior between setting 8675 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` to ``error`` and setting it to ``warn``. 8676 When it is set to ``warn``, the build system will report a warning for 8677 every undefined ``uid`` and ``gid`` in any recipe. But when it is set 8678 to ``error``, it will only report errors for recipes that are actually 8679 built. 8680 This saves you from having to add static IDs for recipes that you 8681 know will never be built. 8682 8683 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` 8684 Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static group 8685 identification (``gid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system 8686 adds a group to the system during package installation. 8687 8688 When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the 8689 OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a 8690 ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the 8691 variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:: 8692 8693 8694 USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group" 8695 8696 .. note:: 8697 8698 Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids" 8699 causes the build system to use static ``gid`` values. 8700 8701 :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES` 8702 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, 8703 this variable specifies the individual packages within the recipe 8704 that require users and/or groups to be added. 8705 8706 You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For 8707 example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in 8708 a recipe:: 8709 8710 USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}" 8711 8712 .. note:: 8713 8714 It follows that if you are going to use the :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES` 8715 variable, you need to set one or more of the :term:`USERADD_PARAM`, 8716 :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`, or :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` variables. 8717 8718 :term:`USERADD_PARAM` 8719 When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, 8720 this variable specifies for a package what parameters should pass to 8721 the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the 8722 package is installed. 8723 8724 Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:: 8725 8726 USERADD_PARAM:${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \ 8727 --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \ 8728 --user-group messagebus" 8729 8730 For information on the 8731 standard Linux shell command ``useradd``, see 8732 https://linux.die.net/man/8/useradd. 8733 8734 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` 8735 Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static user 8736 identification (``uid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system 8737 adds a user to the system during package installation. 8738 8739 When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the 8740 OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a 8741 ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the 8742 variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:: 8743 8744 USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd" 8745 8746 .. note:: 8747 8748 Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids" 8749 causes the build system to use static ``uid`` values. 8750 8751 :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` 8752 When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the OpenEmbedded build system 8753 to base all user and group additions on a static ``passwd`` and 8754 ``group`` files found in :term:`BBPATH`. 8755 8756 To use static user identification (``uid``) and group identification 8757 (``gid``) values, set the variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` 8758 file: USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids" 8759 8760 .. note:: 8761 8762 Setting this variable to use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` 8763 values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ the 8764 :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class. 8765 8766 If you use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` information, you must also 8767 specify the ``files/passwd`` and ``files/group`` files by setting the 8768 :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and 8769 :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables. 8770 Additionally, you should also set the 8771 :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable. 8772 8773 :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR` 8774 Specifies the persistence of the target's ``/var/log`` directory, 8775 which is used to house postinstall target log files. 8776 8777 By default, :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR` is set to "yes", which means the 8778 file is not persistent. You can override this setting by setting the 8779 variable to "no" to make the log directory persistent. 8780 8781 :term:`WARN_QA` 8782 Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as 8783 warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in 8784 your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you 8785 can control with this variable, see the 8786 ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section. 8787 8788 :term:`WKS_FILE` 8789 Specifies the location of the Wic kickstart file that is used by the 8790 OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image 8791 (``image.wic``). For information on how to create a partitioned 8792 image, see the 8793 ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`" 8794 section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For details on 8795 the kickstart file format, see the ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" Chapter. 8796 8797 :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` 8798 When placed in the recipe that builds your image, this variable lists 8799 build-time dependencies. The :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable is only 8800 applicable when Wic images are active (i.e. when 8801 :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains entries related 8802 to Wic). If your recipe does not create Wic images, the variable has 8803 no effect. 8804 8805 The :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable is similar to the 8806 :term:`DEPENDS` variable. When you use the variable in 8807 your recipe that builds the Wic image, dependencies you list in the 8808 :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable are added to the :term:`DEPENDS` variable. 8809 8810 With the :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable, you have the possibility to 8811 specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools, 8812 bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images. 8813 Following is an example:: 8814 8815 WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool" 8816 8817 In the 8818 previous example, some-native-tool would be replaced with an actual 8819 native tool on which the build would depend. 8820 8821 :term:`WORKDIR` 8822 The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded build 8823 system builds a recipe. This directory is located within the 8824 :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to 8825 the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built. 8826 8827 The :term:`WORKDIR` directory is defined as follows:: 8828 8829 ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR} 8830 8831 The actual directory depends on several things: 8832 8833 - :term:`TMPDIR`: The top-level build output directory 8834 - :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`: The target system identifier 8835 - :term:`PN`: The recipe name 8836 - :term:`EXTENDPE`: The epoch - (if :term:`PE` is not specified, which 8837 is usually the case for most recipes, then `EXTENDPE` is blank) 8838 - :term:`PV`: The recipe version 8839 - :term:`PR`: The recipe revision 8840 8841 As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder name 8842 ``poky``, a default Build Directory at ``poky/build``, and a 8843 ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose 8844 your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work 8845 directory the build system uses to build the package would be as 8846 follows:: 8847 8848 poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0 8849 8850 :term:`XSERVER` 8851 Specifies the packages that should be installed to provide an X 8852 server and drivers for the current machine, assuming your image 8853 directly includes ``packagegroup-core-x11-xserver`` or, perhaps 8854 indirectly, includes "x11-base" in 8855 :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. 8856 8857 The default value of :term:`XSERVER`, if not specified in the machine 8858 configuration, is "xserver-xorg xf86-video-fbdev xf86-input-evdev". 8859 8860